-
1 ἐπιμιμνήσκομαι
A- μνήσομαι Hdt.1.5
, etc., rarely - μνησθήσομαι (Hdt.2.3, D.19.276): [tense] aor.- εμνήσθην Od.1.31
, Hdt.1.85, etc.,- εμνησάμην Il.17.103
, A.Ch. 623 (lyr.), etc.: [tense] pf. ἐπιμέμνημαι, late (i A.D.):—bethink oneself of, remember, think of, c. gen.,ἐπὶ δὲ μνήσασθε ἕκαστος παίδων Il.15.662
; κ'.. ἐπιμνησαίμεθα χάρμης we would think of battle, 17.103;τοῦ ὅ γ' ἐπιμνησθείς Od.1.31
,4.189 (the only parts of the Verb used by Hom.).2. make mention of, ἐπιμνησαίμεθα σεῖο ib. 191, cf. Hdt.1.5,85, A.Ch.l.c., S.Ph. 1400, etc.; οὗ δ' ἐπεμνήσθην `but, by the way', Herod.5.53, cf. 6.42; alsoἐ. περί τινος Hdt.2.101
, X.Cyr.1.6.12, Pl.Mx. 239c, etc.: with neut. pron. in acc.,τοσαῦτα ἐπιμνησθέντες Hdt.1.14
, cf. 2.3; with gen. and acc.,τῆς μάχης τε πολλὰ ἐπιμεμνημένοι καὶ τὴν Λήμνου αἵρεσιν Id.6.136
; alsoἐ. ὅτι.. X.HG3.2.8
;ἐ. περὶ γυναικῶν, ὡς.. Pl.Ti. 18c
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπιμιμνήσκομαι
-
2 Á
* * *a negative suffix to verbs, not;era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.* * *1.á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.WITH DAT.A. Loc.I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.WITH ACC.A. Loc.I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.B. TEMP.I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.C. Metaph. and in various relations:I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.VI. connected with nouns,1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.2.f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr. -
3 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
4 BERA
* * *I)(ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.I.1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;bera e-n málum, to bear one down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit;bera e-n sök, to charge one with a fault;bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;bera e-m vel (illa) söguna, to give a favourable (unfavourable) account of one;refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);8) to set forth, report, tell;bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;bera upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle;bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;vel viti borinn, endowed with a good understanding;bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;11) with preps.:bera af e-m, to surpass;en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;bera eld at, to set fire to;bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;bera vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons;bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);bera e-t um, to wind round;þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;bera út barn, to expose a child;12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);láta af berast, to die;láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;berast vápn á, to attack one another;berast at or til, to happen;þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;berast í móti, to happen, occur;hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;berast við, to be prevented;ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;1) with acc., it bears or carries one to a place;alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);2) followed by preps.:Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;e-t berr á milli, comes between;leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;bera saman, to coincide;bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;fund várn bar saman, we met;3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;bar honum svá til, it so befell him;þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;4) of time, to fall upon;ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;5) denoting cause;e-t berr til, causes a thing;konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;e-t berr frá, is surpassing;er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).(að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).* * *1.u, f.I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.2.bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].A. Lat. ferre, portare:I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.II. without a sense of motion:1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.III. in law terms or modes of procedure:1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.B. Various and metaph. cases.I. denoting motion:1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case. -
5 ὡς
ὡς:—Summary:A as ADVERB of Manner.Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.Ad ὡς temporal, when.Ae ὡς Local, where,B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.C, D various usages.A ADVERB of Manner:Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20
a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888
, al.2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386
: the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11
(iv A. D.); (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1
(iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151
-5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (φὴ Zenod.
): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced byὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462
:ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389
, cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2
: ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78
;οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299
: where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151
, cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.2 like as, just as,ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326
, v. supr. Aa. 3.3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344
; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172
;τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105
;τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130
; so in Trag., ; ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72
; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c
; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.II with Adverbial clauses:1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5
, cf. 1.65;ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76
; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3) (lyr.); soὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41
andὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801
;ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2
; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases asοὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8
; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31; ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20
, cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31
; also withἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135
codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88
;ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25
;ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d
.— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.III with Adverbs:a with the Posit., truly,Pl.
Phdr. 234e (cf.ἀληθής 111.1b
: as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452; (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9
, 340.2;ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26
;ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27
, D.6.32;ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53
(iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as ;ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c
, cf. Phd. 99d.c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141
, etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189
; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153
;ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50
;μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6
;ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d
; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a
;βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17
(ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34
; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50
, etc.;ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17
.2 with Adjs.,a Posit.,ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d
.b with [comp] Sup.,ὡς ἄριστοι τὰς φύσεις Id.Ti. 18d
;ὅπως ὡς βέλτισται ἔσονται Id.Grg. 503a
;ὡς ὅτι βέλτιστον Id.Smp. 218d
.c separated from the Adj. by a Prep.,ὡς ἐς ἐλάχιστον Th.1.63
, cf. D.18.246;ὡς ἐν βραχυτάτοις Antipho 1.18
;ὡς ἐν ἐχυρωτάτῳ ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr. 1.6.26
, etc.Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3
, cf. Pl.R. 365a;ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84
, etc.;οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1
; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75
.2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350
.Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600
: with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17
: rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172
, cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170
([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2
: less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424
;ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294
; alsoὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396
;Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74
; the second ὣς is repeated,ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41
(ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως inὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330
,ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117
; cf.ὥσπερ 111.1
: but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35
, 36;ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10
, cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89
B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.IV Causal, since, because.I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402
, cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22
: with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427
, cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions inὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168
): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69
, cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.2 with Verbs of feeling,χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648
;ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600
.II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37
;τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83
;ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464
;[νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7
. b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.
2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23
; cf.ἵνα B. 1.3
,ὅπως B. 1.3
.3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95
, cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.ἔπος 11.4
; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36
(so withoutὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61
), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184
; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75
;οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d
;ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13
; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135
, cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113
;μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d
; cf.ὥστε B. 1.2
: with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31
.IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914
, cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46
.C [full] ὡς beforeI Participles;II Prepositions; andIII ὡς itself as a Preposition.I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430
(v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28
, cf. 91; , etc.;δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242
;ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325
(troch.): in questions,παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b
;ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557
; with vbs. of knowing,ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91
; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672; ; ; , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32
; (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e
, cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144
; ἐρώταὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9
; , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e
, cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25
, cf. Pl.R. 604b.II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11
; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61
;πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58
;τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44
: in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28
; alsoὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c
;ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101
.b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8
, cf. 13.1.22;ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1
, cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)ἰόντων Id.8.3.32
.III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom., (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10
; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121
.έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5
, etc.; ;ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31
; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121
; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36
(ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242
: in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316
; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6
, 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279
; (troch.).II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107
;ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47
, cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt., ;ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281
.2 joined with other words of wishing,ὡς ὤφελες αὐτόθ' ὀλέσθαι 3.428
;ὡς δὴ μὴ ὄφελον νικᾶν Od.11.548
.E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5
; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.μάλα 111.5
), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7
; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30
, cf. An.5.4.12; cf. .F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.ἵνα B.11.3c
.2 know that (sc. ἴσθι), ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39
; ; , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32
, cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also .3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57
, cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114
; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους) , cf. 79;ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9
, al.; rarely with a Verb,ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29
, cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς followsἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3
:—for the etymology v. infr. H; alsoὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74
(v. infr. H).G [full] ὡς pleonast. inὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14
, 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18
. -
6 ἵνα
ἵνα (Hom.+) conjunction, the use of which increased considerably in H. Gk. as compared w. earlier times because it came to be used periphrastically for the inf. and impv. B-D-F §369; 379; 388–94 al.; Mlt. index; Rob. index.① marker to denote purpose, aim, or goal, in order that, that, final senseⓐ w. subjunctive, not only after a primary tense, but also (in accordance w. Hellenistic usage) after a secondary tense (B-D-F §369, 1; Rob. 983; Mlt-Turner 100–102; JKnuenz, De enuntiatis Graecorum finalibus 1913, 15ff):α. after a present tense Mk 4:21; 7:9; Lk 6:34; 8:16; J 3:15; 5:34; 6:30; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 16:30; Ro 1:11; 3:19; 11:25; 1 Cor 9:12; Gal 6:13; Phil 3:8; Hb 5:1; 6:12; 1J 1:3 and oft.β. after a perfect Mt 1:22; 21:4; J 5:23, 36; 6:38; 12:40, 46; 14:29; 16:1, 4; 17:4; 1 Cor 9:22b al.γ. after a pres. or aor. impv. Mt 7:1; 14:15; 17:27; 23:26; Mk 11:25; J 4:15; 5:14; 10:38; 1 Cor 7:5; 11:34; 1 Ti 4:15; Tit 3:13. Likew. after the hortatory subj. in the first pers. pl. Mk 1:38; Lk 20:14; J 11:16; Hb 4:16.δ. after a fut. Lk 16:4; 18:5; J 5:20; 14:3, 13, 16; 1 Cor 15:28; Phil 1:26.ε. after a secondary tense: impf. Mk 3:2; 6:41; 8:6; Lk 6:7; 18:15 al.—Plpf. J 4:8.—Aor. Mt 19:13; Mk 3:14; 11:28; 14:10; Lk 19:4, 15; J 7:32; 12:9; Ro 7:4; 2 Cor 8:9; Hb 2:14; 11:35; 1J 3:5.ⓑ w. fut. ind. (LXX e.g. Sus 28; En 15:5; TestSol 13:7; SIG 888, 87ff; OGI 665, 35; POxy 299; 1071, 5 ἵνα ποιήσουσιν καὶ πέμψουσιν; Gen 16:2 [Swete; ARahlfs, Genesis 1926 v.l.] al.; Just., D. 115, 6), beside which the aor. subj. is usu. found in the mss. (B-D-F §369, 2; Rob. 984; Mlt-Turner 100) ἵνα σταυρώσουσιν Mk 15:20 v.l. ἵνα ἐρεῖ σοι Lk 14:10. ἵνα δώσουσιν 20:10. ἵνα θεωρήσουσιν J 7:3. ἵνα δώσει 17:2 v.l.; Rv 8:3. ἐπισκιάσει Ac 5:15 v.l.; ξυρήσονται 21:24. κερδανῶ 1 Cor 9:21 v.l.; καυθήσομαι 13:3 v.l. καταδουλώσουσιν Gal 2:4. κερδηθήσονται 1 Pt 3:1. ἵνα … δηλώσεις Hv 3, 8, 10. The fut. ind. is also used oft. when ἵνα has no final mng., esp. in Rv: 1 Cor 9:18 (ἵνα as answer, as Epict. 4, 1, 99); Rv 6:4, 11; 9:4, 5, 20; 13:12; 14:13; 22:14. Occasionally the fut. ind. and aor. subj. are found in the same sentence Rv 3:9; cp. also Phil 2:10f v.l. (on this interchange s. Reinhold 106; JVogeser, Zur Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 34f; Knuenz, op. cit. 23ff; 39; Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 7 ἵνα μὴ παρῶ … μηδὲ ἕξουσιν; POxy 1068, 5 ἵνα διαπέμψεται, ἵνα δυνηθῶ …).—On the interchange of pres. subj. and fut. ind. in J 15:8 s. GLee, Biblica 51, ’70, 239f.ⓒ ἵνα is found w. the pres. ind. only in passages where the subj. is also attested in the mss.; its presence is prob. due to corruption of the text (B-D-F §369, 6; Rob. 984f; Mlt-Turner 100f. But see the clear instance in PAnt III, 188, 15: ἵνα μή ἐσμεν, and cp. BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι; TestNapht 8:2; PassPtPl 60 [Aa I, 170, 8] ἵνα κατευθύνει; AcPtPl 58 [Aa I, 203, 17]; AcPlTh 11 [Aa I, 243, 11 v.l.]). φυσιοῦσθε 1 Cor 4:6 and ζηλοῦτε Gal 4:17 could be subj. (B-D-F §91; Rob. 984). But Gal 6:12 v.l. διώκονται; Tit 2:4 v.l. σωφρονίζουσιν; J 5:20 v.l. θαυμάζετε; 17:3 v.l. γινώσκουσιν; 1J 5:20 v.l. γινώσκομεν; Rv 12:6 v.l. τρέφουσιν; 13:17 v.l. δύναται; ἵνα σύνετε B 6:5 v.l. (in text συνιῆτε; v.l. συνῆτε); ἵνα … ᾂδετε IEph 4:2 (Lghtf. ᾂδητε); μετέχετε ibid. (v.l. μετέχητε). διατάσσομαι ITr 3:3 (v.l. διατάσσωμαι). βλασφημεῖται 8:2 v.l.ⓓ The opt. after ἵνα is not used in our lit. (B-D-F §369, 1; 386, 3; Rob. 983). Mk 12:2 v.l. ἵνα λάβοι (for λάβῃ). Eph 1:17 ἵνα δῴη (v.l. δῷ) is certainly subj., and δώῃ is the correct rdg. (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt. 196f). Likew. ἵνα παραδοῖ J 13:2.ⓔ after a demonstrative (Epict. 2, 5, 16 ἐν τούτῳ … ἵνα) εἰς τοῦτο for this (purpose, namely) that J 18:37; 1J 3:8; Ro 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9; 1 Pt 3:9; 4:6; B 5:1, 11; 14:5. εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very purpose, that Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. διὰ τοῦτο for this reason … that (Himerius, Or. 14, 3) 2 Cor 13:10; Phlm 15; 1 Ti 1:16; the ἵνα clause can also precede διὰ τοῦτο J 1:31. τούτου χάριν … ἵνα for this reason … that Tit 1:5.ⓕ ἵνα with ‘I should like to say this’ supplied is found also in earlier Gk (Soph. Ph. 989) Mk 2:10 (B-D-F §470, 3. Differently [a virtual impv.] DSharp, ET 38, 1927, 427f). The necessary supplement precedes in ἵνα δείξῃ (he said this), in order to show B 7:5.—Cp. J 15:13.② marker of objective, that. Very oft. the final mng. is greatly weakened or disappears altogether. In this case the ἵνα-constr. serves as a substitute for an inf. that supplements a verb, or an acc. w. inf. (cp. Od. 3, 327 and a spurious document in Demosth. 18, 155. Later very common, also in ins, pap [Rdm.2 191ff]; LXX).ⓐ after verbs w. the senseα. ‘wish, desire, strive’ (PGiss 17, 5 [II A.D.] ἠγωνίασα … ἵνα ἀκούσω; BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι) θέλειν ἵνα (TestAbr A 19, 101, 9 [Stone p. 50]) Mt 7:12; Mk 9:30; 10:35; Lk 6:31; J 17:24; 1 Cor 14:5. βουλεύεσθαι J 11:53; 12:10. συμβουλεύεσθαι Mt 26:4. συντίθεσθαι J 9:22. ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι joyfully strive after 8:56 (s. ἀγαλλιάω). ζητεῖν 1 Cor 4:2; 14:12; AcPlCor 2:8. ζηλοῦν 14:1. εὔχεσθαι ‘wish’ IPhld 6:3.β. ‘take care, be ashamed, be afraid’ φυλάσσεσθαι 2 Pt 3:17. προσέχειν take care that B 16:8. βλέπειν see to it, that 1 Cor 16:10.γ. ‘request, demand’: δεῖσθαι request (Dionys. Hal. 4, 12, 1; Lucian, Dom. 9; Jos., Ant. 6, 321; 12, 125 al.) Lk 9:40; 21:36; 22:32; B 12:7; Pol 6:2; Hv 3, 1, 2; Hs 5, 4, 1. ἐρωτᾶν request (s. ἐρωτάω 2) Mk 7:26; Lk 7:36; 16:27; J 4:47; 17:15 al. (JEarwaker, ET 75, ’64, 316f so interprets the third ἵνα in 17:21). παρακαλεῖν request, exhort (EpArist 318; 321, Jos., Ant. 14, 168) Mt 14:36; Mk 5:18; 6:56; 7:32; 8:22; Lk 8:32; 1 Cor 1:10 al. αἰτεῖσθαι Col 1:9 (Just., D. 30, 2 αἰτοῦμεν). προσεύχεσθαι Mt 24:20; 26:41; Mk 14:35; Lk 22:46; 1 Cor 14:13 al. εὔχεσθαι pray (s. εὔχομαι 1 end) Hs 5, 2, 10. εὐχαριστεῖν Eph 1:16f. ἀξιοῦν demand, request (CIG 4892, 13 [III A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 22) Hv 4, 1, 3. καταξιοῦν ISm 11:1; IPol 7:2.δ. ‘summon, encourage, order’ (Epict, 4, 11, 29; 1 Esdr 8:19; EpArist 46) ἀπαγγέλλειν Mt 28:10. παραγγέλλειν (CIG 4957, 48 [68 A.D.] restored) Mk 6:8. διαμαρτύρεσθαι 1 Ti 5:21. ἐντέλλεσθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 356) Mk 13:34; J 15:17. κηρύσσειν Mk 6:12. διαστέλλεσθαι Mt 16:20; Mk 5:43; 7:36; 9:9. ἐπιτιμᾶν warn Mt 16:20; 20:31; Mk 8:30; 10:48; Lk 18:39. ἐξορκίζειν Mt 26:63. ὁρκίζειν Hs 9, 10, 5. λέγειν order Mt 4:3; 20:21; Mk 3:9; 9:18; Lk 4:3; 10:40; Hv 2, 2, 6. γράφειν write (Jos., Ant. 11, 7; 127) Mk 9:12; 12:19; Lk 20:28. ἀποστέλλειν Ac 16:36.ε. ‘cause, bring about’ πείθειν Mt 27:20. ποιεῖν J 11:37; Col 4:16; cp. Rv 3:9; 13:16. τιθέναι appoint J 15:16. ἀγγαρεύειν Mt 27:32; Mk 15:21.ζ. ‘permit, grant’ ἀφιέναι Mk 11:16. On J 12:7 s. CBarrett, The Gospel According to St. John2, ’78, 413–14. διδόναι 10:37; Rv 9:5.η. συνευδοκεῖν Hs 5, 2, 8.ⓑ after impers. expr.: ἀρκετόν (ἐστι) it is sufficient Mt 10:25. λυσιτελεῖ (εἰ … ἢ ἵνα) Lk 17:2. συμφέρει Mt 5:29f; 18:6; J 11:50. ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν it is a matter of little consequence to me 1 Cor 4:3. ἔδει B 5:13. πολλὰ λείπει Hv 3, 1, 9.ⓒ after nouns and adjs., esp. when they are parts of fixed expressions:α. χρείαν ἔχειν J 2:25; 16:30; 1J 2:27. ἔστιν συνήθεια J 18:39. θέλημά ἐστιν Mt 18:14; J 6:40; 1 Cor 16:12b. βουλὴ ἐγένετο Ac 27:42. ἐντολή (cp. Polyb. 36, 17, 10 νόμος) J 15:12; 11:57; 13:34; Ac 17:15; 2J 6. δέησις Eph 6:19. ἐξουσία Ac 8:19. ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν J 4:34. τίς ἐστιν ὁ μισθός; ἵνα … 1 Cor 9:18.β. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανός Mt 8:8; Lk 7:6. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος J 1:27; cp. Hs 9, 28, 5. S. B-D-F §379; Rob. 996.ⓓ after nouns mng. time: χρόνον διδόναι, ἵνα give time Rv 2:21. ἔρχεται ἡ ὥρα the time comes (Aesop, Fab. 242 H. ἡ ἡμέρα, ἵνα=the day on which) J 12:23; 13:1; 16:2, 32. S. B-D-F §382, 1; 393.ⓔ ἵνα can also take the place of the explanatory inf. after a demonstrative (B-D-F §394; Rdm.2 192.—Wsd 13:9; Just., D. 14, 2 τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ σύμβολον τῶν ἀζύμων, ἵνα μὴ …) Mk 11:28. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο ἵνα ἔλθῃ (for τὸ ἐλθεῖν τὴν κτλ.) Lk 1:43 (cp. GJs 12:2). τοῦτο προσεύχομαι ἵνα Phil 1:9. cp. 1 Cor 9:18. This is a favorite usage in J: τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ ἵνα πιστεύητε (for τὸ πιστεύειν ὑμᾶς) 6:29; cp. vs. 50. μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει ἵνα … θῇ (for τοῦ θεῖναι) 15:13; cp. 3J 4.—J 6:39; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 4:21; 5:3; 2J 6a. ἐν τούτῳ: ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ πατήρ μου ἵνα … φέρητε (for ἐν τῷ φέρειν ὑμᾶς ἐδοξάσθη) J 15:8; cp. 1J 4:17.—S. also Hs 9, 28, 4, and ποταπὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα 1J 3:1.ⓕ ἵνα is used elliptically ἀλλʼ ἵνα but this has happened that, where the verb to be supplied must be inferred fr. the context (Epict. 1, 12, 17): ἀλλʼ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ (sc. ἦλθεν) J 1:8. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον) ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν but it was hidden that it might be revealed Mk 4:22 (but cp. CCadoux, JTS 42, ’41, 169 n. 3). ἀλλʼ (κρατεῖτέ με) ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν but you are holding me (prisoner), that 14:49. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο τυφλὸς) ἵνα φανερωθῇ J 9:3. ἀλλʼ (ἀποθνῄσκει) ἵνα … συναγάγῃ 11:52.—13:18; Hv 3, 8, 10 (cp. 1b above).ⓖ ἵνα w. subjunctive as a periphrasis for the impv. (B-D-F §387, 3; Mlt. 178; 210f; 248; Rob. 994; Mlt-Turner 94f; FSlotty, D. Gebr. des Konj. u. Opt. in d. griech. Dialekten I 1915, 35; CCadoux, The Impv. Use of ἵνα in the NT: JTS 42, ’41, 165–73; in reply HMeecham, JTS 43, ’42, 179f, also ET 52, ’40/41, 437; AGeorge, JTS 45, ’44, 56–60. Goodsp., Probs. 57f.—Soph., Oed. Col. 155; Epict. 4, 1, 41, Enchir. 17; PTebt 408, 17 [3 A.D.]; BGU 1079, 20; PFay 112, 12; POxy 299, 5 ἵνʼ εἰδῇς ‘know’; PGM 4, 2135; Tob 8:12 BA; 2 Macc 1:9. ἵνα πρὶν τούτων ἴδητε τὴν ἀπώλειαν τῶν υἱῶν ‘before these events, you shall behold the destruction of your sons’ En 14:6. κύριε, ἵνα γινώσκῃ τὸ σὸν κράτος ὅτι ‘Lord, may you in your majesty know, that …’ TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 35f [Stone pp. 8 and 10]). ἵνα ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ please lay your hands on her Mk 5:23. ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἵνα φοβῆται τ. ἄνδρα the wife is to respect her husband Eph 5:33. Cp. Mt 20:33; Mk 10:51; 1 Cor 7:29; 16:16; 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:10. ἵνα ἀναπαήσονται let them rest Rv 14:13. W. θέλω: θέλω ἵνα δῷς Mk 6:25 (=δός Mt 14:8.).—On Mk 2:10 s. 1f above.ⓗ ἵνα without a finite verb, which can be supplied fr. the context (Epict. 3, 23, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄνθρωπος, i.e. ἐργάζῃ) ἵνα ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν (i.e. εὐαγγελιζώμεθα and εὐαγγελίζωνται) Gal 2:9. ἵνα κατὰ χάριν (γένηται) Ro 4:16. ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις (γένηται) 2 Cor 8:13. ἵνα (γένηται) καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Cor 1:31 (B-D-F §481; Rob. 1202f).③ marker serving as substitute for the inf. of result, so that (‘ecbatic’ or consecutive use of ἵνα: B-D-F §391, 5; Mlt. 206–9; Rob. 997–99 and in SCase, Studies in Early Christianity [Porter-Bacon Festschr.] 1928, 51–57; EBlakeney, ET 53, ’41/42, 377f, indicating that the result is considered probable, but not actual. But this distinction is not always strictly observed. Cp. Epict. 1, 24, 3; 25, 15; 27, 8 al.; 2, 2, 16 οὕτω μωρὸς ἦν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδῃ; Vett. Val. 185, 31; 186, 17; 292, 20; Jos., Bell. 6, 107; Just., D. 112, 5; PLond III, 964, 13 p. 212 [II/III A.D.]. Many exx. in AJannaris, An Historical Greek Grammar 1897 §1758 and 1951) ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἵνα μὴ αἴσθωνται αὐτό it was concealed from them, so that they might not comprehend it Lk 9:45. τίς ἥμαρτεν, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ; Who sinned, so that he was born blind? J 9:2. Cp. 2 Cor 1:17; Gal 5:17; 1 Th 5:4; 1J 1:9; Rv 9:20; 13:13; Hs 7:2; 9, 1, 10.—In many cases purpose and result cannot be clearly differentiated, and hence ἵνα is used for the result that follows according to the purpose of the subj. or of God. As in Semitic and Gr-Rom. thought, purpose and result are identical in declarations of the divine will (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 16, 10 the rule of the Persian king is being overthrown by the deity ἵνα Δαρεῖος … φυγὰς γενόμενος κτλ. Here ἵνα means both ‘in order that’ and ‘so that’): Lk 11:50; J 4:36; 12:40; 19:28; Ro 3:19; 5:20; 7:13; 8:17; 11:31f al. (ESutcliffe, Effect or Purpose, Biblica 35, ’54, 320–27). The formula ἵνα πληρωθῇ is so to be understood, since the fulfillment is acc. to God’s plan of salvation: Mt 1:22; 2:15; 4:14; 12:17; 21:4; 26:56; J 12:38; 17:12; 19:24, 36.—The ἵνα of Mk 4:12=Lk 8:10, so much in dispute, is prob. to be taken as final (w. AvVeldhuizen, NTS 8, 1925, 129–33; 10, 1927, 42–44; HWindisch, ZNW 26, 1927, 203–9; JGnilka, Die Verstockung Israels ’61, 45–48; B-D-F §369, 2 [here, and B-D-R p. 386f n. 2, the lit. on ‘causal’ ἵνα, which is allowed at least for Rv 22:14 and perh. 14:13, where P47 has ὅτι; see 2g]. S. also FLaCava, Scuola Cattol. 65, ’37, 301–4; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 211–16; ISluiter, Causal ἵνα, Sound Greek: Glotta 70, ’92, 39–53. On J 12:7 s. τηρέω 2a).④ marker of retroactive emphasis, that. At times, contrary to regular usage, ἵνα is placed elsewhere than at the beginning of its clause, in order to emphasize the words that come before it (B-D-F §475, 1; cp. the position of ὅτι Gal 1:11): τὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα γνῶτε 2 Cor 2:4. εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετʼ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει ἵνα Ro 11:31. Cp. J 13:29; 1 Cor 7:29; Gal 2:10; Col 4:16b.—EStauffer, Ἵνα u. d. Problem d. teleol. Denkens b. Pls: StKr 102, 1930, 232–57; JGreenlee, ἵνα Substantive Clauses in the NT: Asbury Seminarian 2, ’47, 154–63; HRiesenfeld, Zu d. johanneischen ἵνα-Sätzen, StTh 19, ’65, 213–20; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 76–81.—Frisk. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
7 vosotros
pron.1 you.2 you.* * *■ ¿cómo lo sabéis vosotros? how do you know?\de vosotros your, yours■ ¿estos libros son de vosotros? are these your books?* * *= vosotras, pron.* * *vosotros, -asPRON ( esp Esp)1) (sujeto) you (familiar form of address)2) (después de prep, en comparaciones) you¿no pedís nada para vosotros? — aren't you going to ask for anything for yourselves?
* * *- tras pronombre personal plural[Familiar form of address not normally used in Latin America or in certain parts of Spain, where ustedes is used instead]a) ( como sujeto) you¿quién lo va a hacer? - vosotros — who's going to do it? - you (are)
b) (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) youmás/mejor que vosotros — more/better than you
con/contra/para vosotros — with/against/for you
* * *= you, ye.Nota: Forma arcaica.Ex. I am glad of the opportunity to discuss this subject for several reasons: firstly, I have been interested in it for some time and would like to share some of my thoughts with you.Ex. 'Haste ye back!' called Derek Law, in his best Scottish brogue.----* a vosotros = you.* con vosotros = with you.* en cuanto a vosotros = as for you.* todos vosotros = you all.* vosotras = ye.* * *- tras pronombre personal plural[Familiar form of address not normally used in Latin America or in certain parts of Spain, where ustedes is used instead]a) ( como sujeto) you¿quién lo va a hacer? - vosotros — who's going to do it? - you (are)
b) (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) youmás/mejor que vosotros — more/better than you
con/contra/para vosotros — with/against/for you
* * *= you, ye.Nota: Forma arcaica.Ex: I am glad of the opportunity to discuss this subject for several reasons: firstly, I have been interested in it for some time and would like to share some of my thoughts with you.
Ex: 'Haste ye back!' called Derek Law, in his best Scottish brogue.* a vosotros = you.* con vosotros = with you.* en cuanto a vosotros = as for you.* todos vosotros = you all.* vosotras = ye.* * *[This familiar form of address is not normally used in Latin America or in certain parts of Spain, where ustedes is used as the familiar as well as the polite form]1 (como sujeto) you¿quién lo va a hacer? — vosotros who's going to do it? — you (are)vosotros, niños ¡a la cama! time for bed, children!hacedlo or ( often in spoken language) hacerlo vosotras, yo estoy muy ocupado you do it, I'm very busylo podéis hacer vosotros mismos you can do it yourselves2 (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) youjugaron mejor que vosotros they played better than you (did)tienen tanto derecho como vosotras they have as much right as you (have)a vosotros os veré mañana I'll see you tomorrowcon/contra/para vosotros with/against/for you* * *
vosotros◊ - tras pron pers pl Familiar form of address not normally used in Latin America or in certain parts of Spain, where ustedes is used instead you;
¿quién lo va a hacer? — vosotros who's going to do it? — you (are);
lo podéis hacer vosotros mismos you can do it yourselves;
más que vosotros more than you;
para vosotros for you
vosotros,-as pron pers pl
1 (como sujeto) you
2 (complemento) you
con vosotros, with you
entre vosotros, among yourselves
' vosotros' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
concernir
- dos
- mucha
- mucho
- pesar
- vosotras
- vuestro
English:
midst
- you
- yourself
- lot
- yourselves
* * *vosotros, -as pron personal Esp1. [sujeto] you [plural];vosotros bailáis muy bien you dance very well;¿quién va primero? – vosotros who's first? – you are;vosotros los americanos you Americans;nosotros estamos invitados, vosotros no we're invited, but you're not o but not you;algunos de vosotros/todos vosotros deberíais ir some of you/all of you ought to go;tendréis que hacerlo vosotros mismos you'll have to do it yourselves;hemos aprobado y vosotros también we passed and so did you2. [predicado] you [plural];¿sois vosotros? is it you?;los invitados sois vosotros you're the guests3. [complemento con preposición o conjunción] you [plural];os lo ha dicho a vosotros she said it to you;de vosotros [vuestro] yours;todo esto es de vosotros all this is yours;yo iré con vosotros I'll go with you;son más fuertes que vosotros they're stronger than you (are);arregladlo entre vosotros sort it out amongst yourselves;por vosotros me imagino que no habrá ningún problema I imagine there will be no problem as far as you're concerned;excepto/incluso vosotros except/including you4. [vocativo] you [plural];¡eh, vosotros, apartaos de ahí! hey, you (lot), get away from there!VOSOTROSIn Spain, there are two ways to express the second person plural: one implies familiarity with the audience ( vosotros) while the other indicates more courtesy (“ustedes”). Vosotros takes the verb in the second person plural, and “ustedes” the third person plural. This double option does not exist in Latin America, where the only form available is “ustedes”, except in the religious liturgy, where the vosotros is sometimes retained.* * *pron pers pl you* * *1) : you, yourselves2) : ye* * *vosotros pron you -
8 αὐτός
Aαὐτόν Leg.Gort. 3.4
, al.), reflexive Pron., self:—in oblique cases used for the personal Pron., him, her, it:—with Art., ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same.I self, myself, thyself, etc., acc. to the person of the Verb: freq. joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (v. infr. 10),1 one's true self, the soul, not the body, Od.11.602; reversely, body, not soul, Il.1.4; oneself, as opp. others who are less prominent, as king to subject, 6.18; Zeus to other gods, 8.4; bird to young, 2.317; man to wife and children, Od.14.265; warrior to horses, Il.2.466, or to weapons, 1.47; shepherd to herd, Od.9.167, cf. Il.1.51; Trojans to allies, 11.220; seamen to ships, 7.338: generally, whole to parts, ib. 474; so laterἡ σίδη καὶ αὐτὴ καὶ τὰ φύλλα Thphr.HP4.10.7
, cf. X.Ath.1.19, Pl.Grg. 511e, etc.;αὐτή τε Μανδάνη καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα X.Cyr.1.3.1
;αὐ. τε καὶ τὰ ποιήματα βουλόμενος ἐπιδεῖξαι Pl.R. 398a
: abs., the Master, as in the Pythag. phrase Αὐτὸς ἔφα, Lat. Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος.. ;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, Ar.Nu. 218; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν ib. 219;ἀνοιγέτω τις δώματ'· Αὐτὸς ἔρχεται
the Master,Id.
Fr. 268, cf. Pl.Prt. 314d, Thphr.Char.2.4, Men.Sam.41:αὐ. ἀϋτεῖ Theoc.24.50
: neut., αὐτὸ σημανεῖ the result will show, E.Ph. 623;αὐτὸ δηλώσει D.19.157
;αὐτὰ δηλοῖ Pl.Prt. 329b
; αὐτὸ διδάξει ib. 324a; esp.αὐτὸ δείξει Cratin. 177
, Pl.Hp.Ma. 288b, cf. Tht. 200e; in full,τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει τοὔργον S.Fr. 388
;τοὔργον τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει Ar.Lys. 375
; redupl., ; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under.., Il.13.615; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, Lys.12.12; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, X. An.4.7.7; ; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, Th.2.3; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, X.Mem. 4.5.7;αὐτὰ τὰ χρήσιμα καὶ ἀναγκαῖα D.H.Th.23
; even,οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης Il.6.451
; .—In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the Art. and Subst., or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Art. is sts. omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals,αὐτὸς Μένων X.An.2.1.5
; αὐτὸς βασιλεύς ib.1.7.11.2 of oneself, of one's own accord,ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω Il.17.254
; ;καταπαύσομεν· οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ παυέσθων Od.2.168
;ἥξει γὰρ αὐτά S.OT 341
; also, in person,τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν.. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον D.1.2
.3 by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, Il.8.99; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ', i.e. without a mother, 5.880, cf. Hes.Th. 924; by himself,Hdt.
5.85; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, Ar.Ach. 504, cf. Th. 472, Pl.Prm. 137b, Herod.6.70, Plu.2.755c, Luc. DDeor.10.2;αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι.. ἢ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις X.An.2.3.7
;ἄνευ τοῦ σίτου τὸ ὄψον αὐτὸ ἐσθίειν Id.Mem.3.14.3
;τὸν τρίβωνα ὃν αὐτὸν φορεῖ Thphr.Char.22.13
(prob.); αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, Emp.21.13, al.: strengthd., αὐτὸς κτήσατο οἶος himself alone, Od.14.450; αὐτὸς μόνος, v. μόνος II; αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτόν, v. ἑαυτοῦ.4 in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea,δίκαιον αὐτό Pl.Phd. 65d
;αὐτὸ τὸ ἕν Id.Prm. 143a
, al., cf. Arist. Metaph. 997b8: neut., αὐτό is freq. in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders,οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ' αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις Pl.R. 363a
; less freq. with Art.,τί ποτ' ἐστὶν αὐτὸ ἡ ἀρετή Id.Prt. 360e
; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ οὔ; Id.Smp. 199d; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, ibid.e: later, in compos., αὐτοαγαθόν, αὐτοάνθρωπος, etc. (q. v.), cf. Arist.Metaph. 1040b33; less freq. agreeing with the Subst., , etc.; doubled,ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος μανθάνειν αὐτήν τε αὐτήν, εἰ καλῶς εἴκασται
its very self,Id.
Cra. 439a.5 in dat. with Subst., in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, Il.9.194; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all, 14.498, cf. Od.13.118;αὐτῷ σὺν ἄγγει E. Ion 32
, cf. Hipp. 1213; also withoutσύν, αὐτῇ κεν γαίῃ ἐρύσαι Il.8.24
: so freq. in Prose and Poetry, αὐτοῖς ἀνδράσι men and all, Hdt.6.93; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, A.Pr. 223 (lyr.); : with Art., ;αὐτοῖσι τοῖς πόρπαξι Ar.Eq. 849
, etc.;αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἵπποις κατακρημνισθῆναι X.Cyr.1.4.7
.6 added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, Th.1.46, cf. 8.35, X.HG2.2.17, Apoc.17.11, etc.:— αὐτός always being the chief person.7 freq. coupled withοὗτος, τοῦτ' αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν Pl.Plt. 267c
, etc.;αὐτὸ τοῦτο μόνον Id.Grg. 500b
; alsoλεγόντων ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν.. αὐτὰ δὲ τάδε Th.1.139
;πόλεις ἄλλας τε καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ Βυζάντιον X.An.7.1.27
; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα .. Pl.Prt. 310e.9 repeated in apodosi for emphasis,αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν.. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν Lys.12.68
, cf. A.Fr. 350, X.An.3.2.4.10 in connexion with the person. Pron.,ἐγὼν αὐτός Od.2.194
;σέθεν αὐτοῦ Il.23.312
;νωΐτερον αὐτῶν 15.39
(always divisim in Hom.); folld. by an enclit. Pron.,αὐτόν μιν Od.4.244
; soαὐτὸν γάρ σε δεῖ Προμηθέως A.Pr.86
; alsoαὐτὸς ἔγωγε Pl.Phd. 59b
, etc.:— after Hom. in the oblique cases αὐτός coalesces with the Pron., ἐμαυτοῦ, σεαυτοῦ (these not in Alc. or Sapph., A.D.Pron.80.10 sqq.), ἑαυτοῦ, etc. (q. v.).b with person. Pron. omitted, αὐτός.. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, Il.13.252; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν, 24.503;αὐτῶν γὰρ ἀπωλόμεθ' ἀφραδίῃσιν Od.10.27
; in 2.33 οἱ αὐτῷ is simply a strengthd. form of οἱ; and so in [dialect] Att., when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc., are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. Pron., cf. X.Cyr.6.2.25 with 6.1.14.c with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc., to add force and definiteness,αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτοῦ A.Th. 406
; αὐτοὶ ὑφ' αὑτῶν ib. 194;αὐτοὶ καθ' αὑτούς X.Mem.3.5.4
;αὐτὸ καθ' αὑτό Pl.Tht. 201e
; sts. between the Art. and reflex. Pron., , cf. Pr. 762; : also κατ' αὐτὺ ([dialect] Boeot. for αὐτοὶ)αὐτῶν IG7.3172.121
(Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.).d αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possess. Pron.,πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ' ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ Il.6.446
;θρῆνον.. ἐμὸν τὸν αὐτῆς A.Ag. 1323
; ; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ ib. 1248; ;τοῖς ἡμετέροις αὐτῶν φίλοις X.An. 7.1.29
.e αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. Adj.,αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος Hdt.2.25
;τῇ εὐρυτάτη ἐστὶ αὐτὴ ἑωυτῆς Id.1.203
.11 αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, Il.12.225, Od.8.107, 16.138, Pi.N.5.1 (never in Trag.), and in later Prose,αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις IG 14.966
(ii A. D.), cf. Ev.Luc.23.12.12 [comp] Comp.αὐτότερος Epich.5
: [comp] Sup. his very self,Ar.
Pl.83: neut. pl. αὐτότατα dub. in Phld.Piet.80. Adv., [comp] Comp.αὐτοτέρως Gal.18(2).431
.II he, she, it, for the simple Pron. of 3 pers., only in oblique cases (exc. in later Gk., Ev.Luc.4.15, etc.), and rarely first in a sentence, Pl.La. 194e, and later, Ep.Eph.2.10, etc.: rare in [dialect] Ep., Il. 12.204 (where Hdn. treated it as enclitic), and mostly emphatic, ib.14.457, Od.16.388; so in Trag., E.Hel. 421: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence,ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα.. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι X.An.2.4.7
;πειράσομαι τῷ πάππῳ.. συμμαχεῖν αὐτῷ Id.Cyr.1.3.15
;ἄνδρα δὴ.. εἰ ἀφίκοιτο εἰς τὴν πόλιν, προσκυνοῖμεν ἂν αὐτόν Pl.R. 398a
; after a Relative,ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται.. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
;οὓς μὴ εὕρισκον, κενοτάφιον αὐτοῖς ἐποίησαν X.An.6
. 4.9, cf. 1.9.29; esp. where a second Verb requires a change of case in the Pron.,οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι.. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι Id.An.2.5.27
;ἐκεῖνοι οἷς οὐκ ἐχαρίζονθ' οἱ λέγοντες οὐδ' ἐφίλουν αὐτούς D.3.24
; in subdivisions,ὅσοι.. οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν.. X.Cyr.1.1.1
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 168e; later, pleonastically after a Relative,ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν Call.Epigr.43
, cf. Ev.Luc.3.16, Apoc.7.2, etc.: in S.Ph. 316 αὐτοῖς is emphatic 'in their own persons'.III with Art. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and [dialect] Att. [var] contr. αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre, cf. S.OT 734 with 325, and in Prose to avoid hiatus): gen. ταὐτοῦ, dat. ταὐτῷ, pl. neut. ταὐτά; [dialect] Ion. ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in Hom., Il. 6.391, Od.7.55, 326;ὁ αὐ. εἰμι τῇ γνώμῃ Th.3.38
, cf. 5.75;ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c. dat., to denote sameness or agreement, esp. in Prose,τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν Hdt.4.119
; ; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, Pl. Euthd. 298a; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with.., X.An.3.1.27; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one, ib.30, cf. A.Ch. 210;κατὰ ταὐτὰ τῷ Νείλῳ Hdt.2.20
;τῇ αὐτῇ.. καί Id.4.109
; ;ὁ αὐτός.. ὥσπερ Pl.Phd. 86a
; face to face,Jul.
Or.2.5a0.2 in later Greek, the said, the above-named,Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ. PLille23.8
(iii B. C.), etc.IV Adverbial phrases:1 simply, merely,Ph.
2.252, etc.;αὐ. μόνον ἐργάτης Luc.Somn.9
;αὐ. μόνον τὸ ὄνομα τῆς φωνῆς A.D.Synt.22.20
.3 αὐτὸ τοῦτο as Adv., PGrenf.1.114 (ii B. C.), 2 Ep.Pet. 1.5;τῆς αὐτὸ τοῦτο κινουμένης σφαίρας Iamb. Comm.Math.17
.4 with Preps., added together, making a total,PLond.
2.196.37 (ii A. D.); together, at the same time,Act.Ap.
14.1, etc.; but just then,Hdn.
1.12.3.V In Compos.:1 of or by oneself, self-.., as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος.2 hence, as a second self, very.., bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς.3 in the abstract, the ideal, v. supr.1.4.4 precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα.5 rarely with reflex. sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω.6 in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος.7 by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc., v. the respective Arts. -
9 च
ca1) the 20th letter of the alphabet, 1st of the 2nd ( orﾠ palatal) class of consonants, having the sound of ch in church
2) ind. andﾠ, both, alsoﾠ, moreover, as well as (= τε, Lat. que, placed like these particles as an enclitic after the word which it connects with what precedes;
when used with a personal pronoun this must appear in its fuller accented form (e.g.. távacamámaca <not tecameca>, « both of thee andﾠ me»), when used after verbs the first of them is accented Pāṇ. 8-1, 58 f. ;
it connects whole sentences as well as parts of sentences;
in RV. the double ca occurs more frequently than the single (e.g.. aháṉcatváṉca, « I andﾠ thou», VIII, 62, 11);
the double ca may alsoﾠ be used somewhat redundantly in class. Sanskṛit (e.g.. kvahariṇakānāṉjīvitaṉcâ̱tilolaṉkvacavajra-sārāḥṡarāste, « where is the frail existence, of fawns andﾠ where are thy adamantine arrows?» Ṡak. I, 10);
in later literature, however, the first ca is more usually omitted (e.g.. ahaṉtvaṉca), andﾠ when more than two things are enumerated only one ca is often found (e.g.. tejasāyaṡasālakshmyāsthityācaparayā, « in glory, in fame, in beauty, andﾠ in high position» Nal. XII, 6);
elsewhere, when more than two things are enumerated, ca is placed after some andﾠ omitted after others (e.g.. ṛiṇa-dātācavaidyaṡcaṡrotriyonadī, « the payer of a debt andﾠ a physician < andﾠ> a Brāhman < andﾠ> a river» Hit. I, 4, 55);
in Ved. andﾠ even in class. Sanskṛit Mn. III, 20; IX, 322 Hit.,
when the double ca would generally be used, the second may occasionally be omitted (e.g.. indraṡcasoma, « both Indra < andﾠ thou> Soma» RV. VII, 104, 25 ;
durbhedyaṡcâ̱ṡusaṉdheyaḥ, « both difficult to be divided < andﾠ> quickly united» Hit. I);
with lexicographers ca may imply a reference to certain other words which are not expressed (e.g.. kamaṇḍalaucakarakaḥ, « the word karaka has the meaning « pitcher» andﾠ other meanings»);
sometimes ca is = eva, even, indeed, certainly, just (e.g.. su-cintitaṉcau͡shadhaṉnanāma-mātreṇakarotyarogam, « even a well-devised remedy does not cure a disease by its mere name» Hit. ;
yāvantaevatetāvāṉṡcasaḥ, « as great as they < were> just so great was he» Ragh. XII, 45);
occasionally ca is disjunctive, « but», « on the contrary», « on the other hand», « yet», « nevertheless» (varamādyaunacâ̱ntimaḥ, « better the two first but not the last» Hit. ;
ṡāntamidamāṡrama-padaṉsphuraticabāhuḥ, « this hermitage is tranquil yet my arm throbs» Ṡak. I, 15);
ca-ca, though-yet Vikr. II, 9 ;
ca-naca, though - yet not Pat. ;
ca - natu (v.l. nanu) id., Mālav. IV, 8 ;
naca - ca, though not - yet Pat. ;
ca may be used for vā, « either», « orﾠ» (e.g.. ihacâ̱mutravā, « either here orﾠ hereafter» Mn. XII, 89 ;
strīvāpumānvāyaccâ̱nyatsattvam, « either a woman orﾠ a man orﾠ any other being» R.), andﾠ when a neg. particle is joined with ca the two may then be translated by « neither», « nor» ;
occasionally one ca orﾠ one na is omitted (e.g.. nacaparibhoktuṉnai ͡vaṡaknomihātum, « I am able neither to enjoy nor to abandon» Ṡak. V, 18 ;
napūrvâ̱hṇenācaparâ̱hṇe, « neither in the forenoon nor in the afternoon»);
ca-ca may express immediate connection between two acts orﾠ their simultaneous occurrence (e.g.. mamacamuktaṉtamasāmanomanasijenadhanushiṡaraṡcaniveṡitaḥ, « no sooner is my mind freed from darkness than a shaft is fixed on his bow by the heart-born god», VI, 8);
ca is sometimes = cêd, « if» (cf. Pāṇ. 8-1, 30 ;
the verb is accented) RV. AV. MBh. Vikr. II, 20 Bhartṛ. II, 45 ;
ca may be used as an expletive (e.g.. anyaiṡcakratubhiṡca, « andﾠ with other sacrifices»);
ca is often joined to an adv. like eva, api, tathā, tathai ͡va, etc., either with orﾠ without a neg. particle (e.g.. vairiṇaṉnôpasevetasahâ̱yaṉcaivavairiṇaḥ, « one ought not to serve either an enemy orﾠ the ally of an enemy» Mn. IV, 133);
( seeﾠ eva, api, etc.) For the meaning of ca after an interrogative seeﾠ 2. ká, 2. kathā́, kím, kvá);
+ cf. τε,
Lat. que, pe (in nempe etc.);
Goth. uh;
Zd. ca;
Old Pers. cā
3) mfn. pure L. ;
moving to andﾠ fro L. ;
mischievous L. ;
seedless L. ;
m. a thief. L. ;
the moon L. ;
a tortoise L. ;
Ṡiva L. ;
- चकार
- चसमास
-
10 τίθημι
τίθημι (Hom.+) and its by-form τιθέω (Hv 1, 1, 3 and 2, 1, 2 as historical present; B-D-F §321; s. Rob. 318); impf. 3 sg. ἐτίθει, 3 pl. ἐτίθεσαν Mk 6:56 and ἐτίθουν as v.l.; Ac 3:2; 4:35; Hv 3, 2, 7 (B-D-F §94, 1; Mlt-H. 202); fut. θήσω; 1 aor. ἔθηκα (B-D-F §95, 1; Rob. 308; 310); 2 aor. subj. θῶ, impv. 2 pl. θέτε, inf. θεῖναι, ptc. θείς; pf. τέθεικα.; plpf. ἐτεθείκει (Just., D. 78, 5). Mid.: fut. θήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐθέμην. Pass.: fut. 3 pl. τεθήσονται Jer 13:16; 1 aor. ἐτέθην; pf. τέθειμαι, ptc. τεθειμένος (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 18 p. 401, 3 Jac.) J 19:41; Hs 9, 15, 4 (on the pf. s. B-D-F §97, 2). The middle is gener. not different in mng. fr. the act. (B-D-F §316, 1; s. Rob. 804f). The semantic boundaries of this multivalent verb are quite flexible.① to put or place in a particular location, lay, putⓐ act. and pass.: gener.α. w. acc. lay (away), set up, put (away) ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν; where have you laid him? J 11:34 (as early as Hom. τιθέναι has the special sense lay away, bury); cp. Mk 16:6; J 19:42; 20:2, 13, 15. Pass. (ApcMos 42 ποῦ μέλλοι τεθῆναι τὸ σῶμα αὐτῆς) Mk 15:47; Lk 23:55. ὅπου ἦν τεθείς GPt 12:51. λίθον Ro 9:33 (Is 28:16 ἐμβαλῶ); 1 Pt 2:6; pass. B 6:2. θεμέλιον lay a foundation Lk 14:29; 1 Cor 3:10f (in imagery).—Of stones ἐξώτεροι ἐτέθησαν they were placed on the outside Hs 9, 8, 3; 5a (cp. c); 7. ἐν ἰσχύι τέθεικεν τὴν σάρκα αὐτοῦ κύριος the Lord (God) has set his (Christ’s) flesh in strength B 6:3a; cp. b (Is 50:7).β. w. the acc., oft. supplied fr. the context, and a prepositional expr. closely related to the verb (Herodas 4, 34 τιθέναι εἰς τοὺς λίθους ζοήν [ sic]) εἰς κρύπτην put someth. in a cellar Lk 11:33. εἰς μνημεῖον lay in a tomb Ac 13:29; cp. Rv 11:9. Of stones τιθ. εἰς τ. οἰκοδομήν put into the building Hv 3, 2, 7. Pass. Hs 9, 4, 5; 9, 6, 8; cp. 9, 5, 4. Opp. ἐκ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς ἐτέθησαν they were put out of the building 9, 8, 1. ἔμπροσθέν τινος GPt 4:12. ἔν τινι (Gen 50:26; Jos., Ant. 14, 124; TestJob 20:9): ἐν μνημείῳ Mt 27:60; cp. Mk 6:29; 15:46; Lk 23:53; Ac 7:16. Pass. J 19:41.—Mk 6:56; Ac 9:37. ἐνώπιόν τινος (1 Km 10:25) Lk 5:18. ἐπί τινος (X., Cyr. 8, 8, 16; Ezk 40:2; JosAs 3:11; Jos., Ant. 6, 15) 8:16b; J 19:19; Ac 5:15; Rv 10:2; GPt 3:8; 6:21; 12:53. ἐπί τινι 8:32. ἐπί τι (Ps 20:4; 1 Km 6:8; TestAbr B 5 p. 109, 18 [Stone p. 66]; JosAs 16:11; ParJer 9:32; Mel., P. 14, 90) Mk 4:21b; Lk 6:48 (θεμέλιον; s. α above); 2 Cor 3:13. Esp. τὰς χεῖρας ἐπί τι or ἐπί τινα (cp. Ps 138:5) Mk 8:25 v.l.; 10:16: τὴν δεξιάν Rv 1:17. θήσω τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mt 12:18 (=ἔδωκα Is 42:1; τ. τὸ πνεῦμα as Is 63:11). παρά τι (Plut., Mor. 176e; 3 Km 13:31) Ac 4:35, 37 v.l.; 5:2. πρός τι (JosAs 8:4 πρὸς τὸ στῆθος) 3:2; 4:37. ὑπό τι Mt 5:15; Mk 4:21; cp. 1 Cor 15:25 (s. 5aα). ὑποκάτω τινός (Jer 45:12) Lk 8:16a.—Mt 22:44 (Ps 109:1); Mk 12:36.ⓑ special expressionsα. act. explain in what figure of speech can we present (the Reign of God)? (i.e., how shall I put it?) Mk 4:30.β. act. take off, give up in Joh. lit. take off, remove τὰ ἱμάτια (Hdt 1, 10, 1 τ. τὰ εἵματα; cp. Herodas 5, 62; Plut., Alc. 195 [8, 2]; Jos., Bell. 1, 390 τ. τὸ διάδημα and s. ἱμάτιον 3) J 13:4. τὴν (ἑαυτοῦ) ψυχήν lay down or give (up) one’s life 10:11 and 15 (both v.l. δίδωμι), 17, 18ab (ApcSed 1:5 τὴν ψυχὴν θῇ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων; EFascher, Z. Auslegg. v. J 10:17, 18: Deutsche Theol. ’41, 37–66); 13:37f; 15:13; 1 J 3:16ab (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 68 §289 δεξιάς; SibOr 5, 157 τ. simply=δίδωμι).γ. act. show deference to τιθέναι τὰ γόνατα (σοι γόνυ τίθημι γαίᾳ Eur., Troad. 1307; also in Lat.: genua ponere Ovid, Fasti 2, 438; Curt. 8, 7, 13; B-D-F §5, 3b) bend the knee, kneel down Mk 15:19; Lk 22:41; Ac 7:60; 9:40; 20:36; 21:5; Hv 1, 1, 3; 2, 1, 2.δ. act. place before someone, serve (X., Mem. 3, 14, 1; JosAs 15:14 τράπεζαν καὶ ἄρτον Just., A I, 66, 4) οἶνον J 2:10 (Bel 11 Theod. οἶνον θές).ε. act. and mid. have (in mind) θέτε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις w. inf. foll. make up (your) minds Lk 21:14. Mid. ἔθεντο ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν they kept in mind (the obj. acc. is supplied by the immediate context) Lk 1:66 (1 Km 21:13). The same expr.= come to think of someth., contrive someth. in one’s mind 21:14 v.l.; Ac 5:4. Likew. ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πνεύματι w. inf. foll. Paul resolved 19:21. θέσθε εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους Lk 9:44.ζ. act. and mid. effect someth., arrange for someth. τ. ἐπί τινος foll. by the acc. and inf. ordain by means of someone that … B 13:6.—τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει (μέρος 2) Mt 24:51; cp. Lk 12:46. Mid. w. acc. (GrBar 2:1 [of God]; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 106 §442 εὐχὰς τίθεσθαι=offer prayers) βουλήν reach a decision (βουλή 2a) Ac 27:12.η. mid. put (in custody) τίθεσθαί τινα ἐν τηρήσει Ac 5:18; ἐν (τῇ) φυλακῇ (Gen 41:10; 42:17) Mt 14:3 v.l.; Ac 5:25; εἰς φυλακήν (PPetr II, 5a, 3 [III B.C.]) 12:4; εἰς τήρησιν (w. the acc. easily supplied) 4:3. ἐν σωτηρίῳ place in safety, cause to share salvation (w. acc. to be supplied) 1 Cl 15:6 (Ps 11:6).θ. act. provide (an example) ὑπόδειγμά τινος τιθ. set up an example of someth. 2 Pt 2:6 (cp. Jos., Ant. 17, 313 παράδειγμα τῆς ἀρετῆς τιθέναι). Those persons are added, in the dat., to whose advantage or disadvantage the example is given: τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ Ro 14:13 (πρόσκομμα 2b). σκοπὸν τοῖς νέοις θήσομεν 2 Cl 19:1.② act. to lay aside/deposit (money), put aside, store up, deposit a t.t. term of commercial life (Demosth. 52, 3 ἀργύριον al.; Hyperid. 5, 4; Theocr., Epigr. 14, 2; Plut., Mor. 829b; pap) opp. αἴρειν you withdraw what you did not deposit Lk 19:21; cp. vs. 22. ἕκαστος παρʼ ἑαυτῷ τιθέτω each one is to put aside at home 1 Cor 16:2.③ to assign to some task or function, appoint, assignⓐ τιθέναι τινὰ εἴς τι place/appoint someone to or for ( to function as) someth. (for the construction cp. Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 636 D.: τοὺς οὐκ ὄντας νόμους εἰς νόμους τ.) τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν Ac 13:47 (Is 49:6); pass.: εἰς ὸ̔ ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ 1 Ti 2:7; 2 Ti 1:11. Also τιθ. τινὰ ἵνα appoint someone to … J 15:16.ⓑ mid. τίθεσθαι τινὰ εἴς τι appoint someone to or for someth. Dg 6:10. W. acc. easily supplied 1 Ti 1:12.ⓐ establish, give, of a law (τιθέναι νόμον since Soph., El. 580; IAndrosIsis, Kyme 4; the mid. τίθεσθαι νόμον since Hdt. 1, 29. Both oft. in Pla.; likew. Diod S 5, 83, 5, where the act. as well as the mid. is used of law. The act. also EpArist 15; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 316, Ant. 16, 1; Ath. 34, 2. The mid. also Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 55 §228; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 269; 2, 273; Ar. 13, 7) only in the pass. (as Pla., Leg.; 4, 705d al.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 184; Just., D. 11, 2; Ath. 33, 1) ὁ νόμος ἐτέθη Gal 3:19 D.ⓑ mid. w. acc. fix, establish, set καιροὺς οὓς ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο times which the Father has fixed Ac 1:7. θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς as he established among us the word of reconciliation (=entrusted to us … ; cp. Ps 104:27 ἔθετο ἐν αὐτοῖς τ. λόγους) 2 Cor 5:19. ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη God has arranged the parts of the body 1 Cor 12:18.⑤ to cause to undergo a change in experience/condition, make, consignⓐ act. or pass., either w. a double acc. of the obj. and of the pred. (Hom.+; X., Cyr. 4, 6, 3; Lucian, Dial. Marin. 14, 2; Aelian, VH13, 6; Lev 26:31; Is 5:20; Wsd 10:21; Jos., Ant. 11, 39) or in the form τιθέναι τινὰ εἴ τι (cp. 3a).α. make someone ὸ̔ν ἔθηκεν κληρονόμον πάντων Hb 1:2. πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε Ro 4:17 (Gen 17:5). ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet (Ps 109:1): Mt 22:44 v.l.; Lk 20:43; Ac 2:35; Hb 1:13; the same quotation introduced with ἄχρι οὗ θῇ 1 Cor 15:25; pass. Hb 10:13 (on this expr. cp. Plut., Mor. 1097c [HAlmqvist, Pl. u. das NT ’46, 104]). Consign, act. εἰ κόλασιν 1 Cl 11:1; pass. of those who refuse to believe the word εἰ ὸ̔ καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 Pt 2:8; of Paul’s obligation to accept his destiny at Rome εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ ἐτέθην AcPl Ha 7, 15. Cp. 3a.β. make someth. (Mimnermus 1, 10 D.2 cause someth. to become someth. [adj.]: ‘God has made old age vexatious’) ἀδάπανον θήσω τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 Cor 9:18.ⓑ mid. w. a double acc. make someone someth. (Appian., Illyr. 13 §37 φίλον τίθεσθαί τινα; schol. on Pind., O. 1, 58b; 2 Macc 5:21; Ath. 12, 2. S. also Tyrtaeus [VII B.C.] 8, 5 D.3 of the man who is called upon to hate his own life [in battle]: ἀνὴρ ἐχθρὴν ψυχὴν θέμενος) Ac 20:28 (CClaereboets, Biblica 24, ’43, 370–87); 1 Cor 12:28. τίθεσθαι τινὰ εἲ τι consign someone to someth. ὀργήν 1 Th 5:9.—B. 832. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
11 temps
temps [tɑ̃]━━━━━━━━━2. compounds━━━━━━━━━1. <a. (qui passe) time• réaliser un très bon temps to achieve a very good time (PROV) le temps c'est de l'argent(PROV) time is money (PROV) il y a un temps pour tout there's a time for everything• s'accorder un temps de réflexion to give o.s. time to think• les temps sont durs ! times are hard!• il est grand temps de réagir it's high time we took action► il était temps ! ( = ce n'est pas trop tôt) about time too! ; ( = c'était juste) it came in the nick of time!► avoir + temps• vous avez tout votre temps you have plenty of time► faire + temps• ma machine à laver est morte, elle a fait son temps my washing machine is past praying for► mettre + temps• il a mis beaucoup de temps à se préparer he took a long time to get ready► passer + temps• comme le temps passe ! how time flies!► perdre + temps• le temps presse time is short► prendre + temps• travailler à temps partiel to work part-time► au + temps• au temps où... in the days when...• avec le temps, ça s'arrangera things will sort themselves out in time► dans + temps• être dans les temps (Sport) to be within the time limit ; [travail] to be on schedule ; ( = pas en retard) to be in time► de + temps• de temps en temps from time to time► en + tempsb. ( = conditions atmosphériques) weather• quel temps fait-il ? what's the weather like?• avec le temps qu'il fait ! in this weather!c. ( = phase) l'opération s'est déroulée en trois temps the operation was carried out in three phasese. [de verbe] tense2. <• comment occupes-tu ton temps libre ? what do you do in your spare time? ► temps mort (Football, rugby) injury time uncount ; (dans le commerce, le travail) slack period ; (dans la conversation) lull* * *tɑ̃nom masculin invariable1) Météorologie weather [U]un temps de cochon — (colloq) lousy (colloq) weather
par temps clair — ( de jour) on a clear day; ( de nuit) on a clear night
2) ( durée) time(pendant) quelque or un certain temps — ( assez courte période) for a while; ( période plus longue) for some time
pendant or pour un temps — for a while
depuis le temps que ça existe, tu devrais être au courant — you should have known, it's been around for so long
un an, le temps d'écrire un roman — a year, just long enough to write a novel
le temps de me retourner, il avait disparu — by the time I turned round GB ou around, he had disappeared
(j'ai) pas l'temps! — (colloq) not now!
avoir dix or cent fois le temps — to have all the time in the world
ça a pris or mis un temps fou — (colloq) it took ages (colloq)
tu y as mis le temps!, tu en as mis du temps! — you (certainly) took your time!
j'y mettrai le temps qu'il faudra, mais je le ferai — however long it takes, I'll get it done
j'ai perdu un temps fou — (colloq) I've wasted loads (colloq) of time
3) ( moment) timede temps en temps, de temps à autre — from time to time
il était temps! — ( marquant l'impatience) (and) about time too!; ( marquant le soulagement) just in the nick of time!
il est grand temps — it's high time ( de faire to do)
en temps voulu — ( à venir) in due course; ( quand il aurait fallu) at the right time
4) ( époque) timeau or du temps où — in the days when
dans le temps, j'étais sportif — in my day, I did a bit of sport
dans le temps, on n'avait pas l'électricité — in those days, we didn't have electricity
depuis le temps, les choses ont dû bien changer — since then things must have really changed
avoir fait son temps — [prisonnier, militaire] to have served one's time; [fonctionnaire, diplomate] to have put in one's time; [personne usée] to have outlived one's usefulness, to be past it (colloq); [produit à la mode, appareil, voiture] to have had its day
5) ( phase) stage6) Linguistique ( de verbe) tense7) ( de travail) timeavoir un travail à temps partiel/plein — to have a part-/full-time job
temps de travail quotidien — working day GB, workday US
8) Sport time9) ( de moteur) stroke10) Musique time•Phrasal Verbs:••le temps perdu ne se rattrape jamais — Proverbe you can't make up for lost time
prendre or se payer (colloq) du bon temps — to have a whale of a time
* * *tɑ̃ nm1) (atmosphérique) weather2) (qui passe) timeJe n'ai pas le temps. — I haven't got time.
Cette idée a fait son temps. — This idea has had its day.
3) (= époque) time, times plDans le temps, on pouvait circuler à vélo sans danger. — In the old days, it was safe to go around by bike.
du temps que — at the time when, in the days when
du temps où; au temps où — at the time when
4) (= moment)il est temps de... — It's time to...
Il est temps qu'il prenne sa retraite. — It's time for him to retire.
en temps utile; en temps voulu — in due time, in due course
de temps en temps; de temps à autre — from time to time, now and again
Il est arrivé à temps pour le match. — He arrived in time for the match.
5) LINGUISTIQUE tense6) MUSIQUE beat7) TECHNIQUE strokeà plein temps; à temps complet [travailler] — full time, (emploi) full-time
Elle travaille à plein temps. — She works full time.
à temps partiel [travailler] — part time, (emploi) part-time
* * *temps ⇒ La mesure du temps nm inv1 Météo weather ¢; un or du temps gris grey GB ou gray US weather; un beau temps fine weather; quel beau/sale temps! what lovely/awful weather!; il faisait un temps merveilleux/de cochon it was marvellousGB/lousy weather; le mauvais temps nous a empêchés de sortir the bad weather stopped us from going out; le temps est à la pluie/neige it looks like rain/snow; le temps est à l'orage there's going to be a storm; le temps se met à la pluie the weather is turning to rain; vu le temps qu'il fait (what) with the weather as it is; quel temps fait-il? what's the weather like?; ça dépendra du temps qu'il fera it'll depend on the weather; par beau/mauvais temps in fine/bad weather, when the weather's fine/bad; par beau temps, on peut voir la tour on a clear day ou when the weather's fine, you can see the tower; par un si beau temps, tu devrais sortir! with such fine weather, you should go out!; par temps clair ( de jour) on a clear day; ( de nuit) on a clear night; par temps de pluie/neige when it rains/snows, in rainy/snowy weather; par tous les temps in all weathers; ⇒ pluie;2 ( notion) time; la fuite du temps the swift passage of time; le temps efface tout everything fades with time; oublier avec le temps to forget in ou with time; avec le temps, on s'y fait you get used to it in ou with time; le temps arrangera les choses time will take care of everything, it'll be all right in the end; ⇒ vivre;3 ( durée) peu de temps avant/après shortly before/after; en peu de temps in a short time; dans peu de temps shortly, before long; il y a or ça fait peu de temps que le train est parti the train left a short time ago; d'ici or dans quelque temps before long; (pendant) quelque or un certain temps ( assez courte période) for a while; ( période plus longue) for some time, for quite a while; depuis quelque or un certain temps il est bizarre he has been behaving oddly for a while now ou for some time now; il y a quelque or beau or un certain temps qu'on ne l'a pas vue it's been some time since anyone saw her; pendant or pour un temps for a while; pendant tout un temps for quite a while; pendant ce temps(-là) meanwhile, in the meantime; qu'as-tu fait tout ce temps(-là)? what have you been doing all this time?; qu'as-tu fait pendant (tout) ce temps(-là)? what did you do all that time?; en un rien de temps in next to no time, in no time at all; la plupart or les trois quarts du temps most of the time; tout le temps all the time; depuis le temps que j'en parle all this time I've been talking about it; depuis le temps que ça existe, tu devrais être au courant you should have known, it's been around for so long; le temps d'installation a été plus long que prévu it took longer than expected to install; le temps de la fouille m'a paru interminable the search seemed to go on forever; le temps d'un après-midi/d'un week-end/d'un instant just for an afternoon/a weekend/a minute; ils sont restés le temps de l'élection they stayed just for the duration of the election; il a souri le temps de la photo he smiled just long enough for the photo to be taken; un an, le temps d'écrire un roman a year, just long enough to write a novel; le temps de me retourner or que je me retourne, il avait disparu by the time I turned round GB ou around, he had disappeared; le temps de ranger mes affaires et j'arrive just let me put my things away and I'll be with you; avoir/ne pas avoir le temps to have/not to have (the) time (pour for; de faire to do); je n'ai plus beaucoup de temps I haven't got much time left; (j'ai) pas l'temps○! not now!; on a le temps we've got (plenty of) time; si tu as le temps, pourrais-tu…? if you've got time, could you…?; avoir juste le temps to have just (enough) time; avoir tout le temps to have bags○ of time ou plenty of time; avoir dix or cent fois le temps to have all the time in the world; je n'avais que le temps de faire I only had time to do; vous avez combien de temps pour le déjeuner? how long do you have for lunch?; avoir du temps (de) libre to have (some) free time; nous avons du temps devant nous we have plenty of time, we have time to spare; tu as vraiment du temps devant toi! iron have you got time to kill?; je n'ai pas le temps matériel de faire, je n'ai matériellement pas le temps de faire there just aren't enough hours in the day (for me) to do; consacrer du temps à qn/qch to devote time to sb/sth GB, to spend time on sb/sth; donner or laisser à qn le temps de faire to give sb time to do; mettre or prendre du temps to take time (à faire, pour faire to do); il faut du temps pour faire it takes time to do; beaucoup de temps [mettre, prendre] a long time; moins de temps que [falloir, mettre, prendre] less time than; plus de temps que [falloir, mettre, prendre] longer than; prendre peu de temps not to take a long time, not to take long; ne pas prendre beaucoup de temps not to take long; il m'a fallu or cela m'a pris or j'ai mis beaucoup de temps it took (me) a long time; il t'a fallu or cela t'a pris or tu as mis combien de temps? how long did it take you?; ça a pris or mis un temps fou○ it took ages○; prendre le temps de faire to take the time to do; prendre son temps to take one's time; prendre tout son temps to take all the time one needs; les enfants prennent tout mon temps the children take up all my time; tu y as mis le temps!, tu en as mis du temps! you (certainly) took your time!; j'y mettrai le temps qu'il faudra, mais je le ferai however long it takes, I'll get it done; le temps que met sa lumière à nous parvenir the time its light takes to reach us; si tu savais le temps que ça (m')a pris! if you knew how long it took (me)!; le temps passe vite time flies; le temps passe et rien n'est prêt time's slipping by and nothing's ready; laisser passer le temps to let time slip by; ça passe le temps it passes the time; faire passer le temps to while away the time (en faisant doing); passer (tout) son temps à faire to spend (all of) one's time doing; passer le plus clair de son temps à faire to spend most of one's time doing; perdre du temps to waste time (à qch, en qch on sth; à faire doing); perdre son temps to waste one's time; nous avons perdu beaucoup de temps à discuter or en discussions we've wasted a lot of time arguing; j'ai perdu un temps fou○ I've wasted loads○ of time (à faire doing); avoir du temps à perdre to have time on one's hands; c'est du temps perdu, c'est une perte de temps it's a waste of time; cette visite, c'était vraiment du temps (de) perdu that visit was a real waste of time; faire qch à temps perdu to do sth in one's spare time; il n'y a plus de temps/pas de temps à perdre there's no more time/no time to lose; le temps presse! time is short!; être pressé par le temps to be pressed ou pushed for time; trouver le temps de faire to find (the) time to do; j'ai trouvé le temps long (the) time seemed to drag, time went really slowly; être dans les temps Sport to be within the time; nous sommes dans les temps we've still got time; finir dans les temps to finish in time;4 ( moment) time; à temps [partir, terminer] in time; juste à temps just in time; de temps en temps, de temps à autre from time to time, now and then; en même temps at the same time (que as); je suis arrivé en même temps qu'elle I arrived at the same time as her ou as she did; le temps est venu de faire the time has come to do; il y a un temps pour tout there's a time for everything; il était temps! ( marquant l'impatience) (and) about time too!; ( marquant le soulagement) just in the nick of time!; il est temps, il n'est que temps it's about time; il est grand temps it's high time (de faire to do); il n'est que temps de partir it's high time we left; il est temps de partir or que nous partions it's time we left; il est temps que tu fasses it's time you did ou for you to do; il n'est plus temps de faire it's too late to do; en temps utile in time; en temps voulu in due course; en temps opportun at the appropriate time; en temps et lieu at the right time and place; la mesure/décision a été prise en son temps the measure/decision was taken at the right time ou when it should have been;5 ( époque) au or du temps des Grecs in the time of the Greeks; au or du temps de mes grand-parents/de César in my grandparents'/Caesar's time; les temps modernes/préhistoriques modern/prehistoric times; le temps des semailles/examens sowing/exam time; au temps des dinosaures/de l'exploration spatiale in the age of the dinosaurs/of space exploration; au or du temps où in the days when; regretter le temps où to feel nostalgia for the days when; l'échelle des temps géologiques the scale of geological ages; les temps héroïques de the heroic days of; le bon or beau temps de l'expansion the good old days (pl) of expansion; le bon vieux temps the good old days (pl); comme au bon vieux temps as in the good old days; c'était le bon temps! those were the days!; au plus beau temps de in the heyday of; au pire temps de in the worst days of; l'événement le plus grand/extraordinaire de tous les temps the greatest/most extraordinary event of all time; les temps sont durs times are hard; ces derniers temps, ces temps derniers recently; ces temps-ci lately; en tout temps at all times; de mon/leur temps in my/their day ou time; dans le temps, j'étais sportif in my day, I did a bit of sport; dans le temps, on n'avait pas l'électricité in those days, we didn't have electricity; depuis le temps, les choses ont dû bien changer since then things must have really changed; il est loin le temps où the days are long gone when; il n'est pas loin le temps où tu n'étais qu'une enfant it's not so long ago that you were but a child; n'avoir or ne durer qu'un temps to be short-lived; en un temps où at a time when; en temps normal or ordinaire usually; en d'autres temps at any other time; en temps de paix/guerre in peacetime/wartime; en ces temps de pénurie/d'abondance in these times of hardship/of plenty; en ce temps-là at that time; être de son temps to move with the times; être en avance sur son temps to be ahead of one's time; être en retard sur son temps to be behind the times; avoir fait son temps [prisonnier, militaire] to have served one's time; [fonctionnaire, diplomate] to have put in one's time; pej [personne usée] to have outlived one's usefulness, to be past it○; [produit à la mode, appareil, voiture] to have had its day; ⇒ mœurs;6 ( phase) stage; en deux temps in two stages; temps mort (d'activité, de travail) slack period; dans un premier temps first; dans un deuxième temps subsequently; dans un dernier temps finally; ⇒ deux;7 Ling ( de verbe) tense; les temps simples/composés/du passé simple/compound/past tenses; adverbe de temps adverb of time;8 Entr ( de travail) time; avoir un travail à temps partiel/plein to have a part-/full-time job; travailler à temps partiel to work part-time; travailler à temps plein or à plein temps or à temps complet to work full-time; être employé à plein temps to be in full-time work; je cherche un temps partiel○ I'm looking for a part-time job; temps de travail working hours (pl); temps de travail quotidien working day GB, workday US; temps de travail hebdomadaire working week GB, workweek US;9 Sport time; un excellent temps an excellent time; il a fait or réalisé le meilleur temps he got the best time; améliorer son temps d'une seconde to knock a second off one's time; être or rester dans les temps to be inside the time; jouer les temps d'arrêt ( au football) to play injury time;11 Mus time; temps de valse waltz time; mesure à deux/trois/quatre temps two-four/three-four/four-four time.temps d'accès access time; temps d'antenne airtime; temps d'arrêt Ordinat down time; temps atomique international, TAI international atomic time, TAI; temps d'attente Ordinat latency, waiting time; temps choisi Entr flexitime; temps civil Admin local time; temps différé Ordinat batch mode; temps d'exploitation operating time; temps faible Mus piano; temps fort Mus forte; fig high point; temps d'indisponibilité unavailable time; temps légal Admin local time; temps mort Ordinat idle time; temps partagé Ordinat time-sharing; en temps partagé time-sharing ( épith); temps de pose Phot exposure time; temps de positionnement Ordinat seek time; temps primitifs Ling principal parts of the verb; temps de réaction Psych reaction time; temps de recherche = temps de positionnement; temps réel Ordinat real time; en temps réel real-time ( épith); temps de réponse response time; temps sidéral sidereal time; temps solaire solar time; temps solaire moyen/vrai mean/true solar time; temps universel Greenwich Mean Time, GMT, universal time; temps universel coordonné, TUC universal time coordinated, UTC; temps de vol flying time.au temps pour moi! my mistake!; il y a un temps de se taire et un temps de parler there is a time to keep silence and a time to speak; le temps perdu ne se rattrape jamais or ne revient point Prov you can't make up for lost time; par le temps qui court, par les temps qui courent with things as they are; prendre le temps comme il vient to take things as they come; prendre or se donner or se payer○ du bon temps to have a whale of a time.[tɑ̃] nom masculinA.[CLIMAT] weatheravec le temps qu'il fait, par ce temps in this weatherpar beau temps ou par temps clair, on voit la côte anglaise when it's fine ou on a clear day, you can see the English coastB.[DURÉE]1. [écoulement des jours]comme le temps passe!, comme ou que le temps passe vite! how time flies!2. [durée indéterminée] time (substantif non comptable)mettre du temps à se décider to take a long time deciding ou to decidepour passer le temps to while away ou to pass the time3. [durée nécessaire] time (substantif comptable)le temps que: calculer le temps que met la lumière pour aller du Soleil à la Terre to compute the time that light takes to go from the Sun to the Earthva chercher du lait, le temps que je fasse du thé go and get some milk while I make some teaun temps plein ou plein temps a full-time jobêtre ou travailler à temps partiel to work part-timeêtre ou travailler à plein temps ou à temps plein to work full-timefaire un trois quarts (de) temps ≃ to work 30 hours per week4. [loisir] time (substantif comptable)maintenant qu'elle est à la retraite, elle ne sait plus quoi faire de son temps now that she's retired, she doesn't know how to fill her timeavoir du temps ou le temps to have timemon train est à 7 h, j'ai grandement ou tout le temps my train is at 7, I've plenty of time (to spare)avoir du temps devant soi to have time to spare ou on one's hands5. [moment favorable]la voilà — il était temps! here she is — it's about time ou and not a minute too soon ou and about time too!il était temps, le bol allait tomber that was close, the bowl was about to fallil n'est plus temps de discuter, il faut agir the time for discussion is past ou enough talking, we must actil est temps que tu t'inscrives you'd better enrol soon, it's time you enrolledle temps était venu pour moi de partir the time had come for me to ou it was time for me to leave6. [époque déterminée] time (substantif comptable)le temps n'est plus aux querelles we should put quarrels behind us, the time for quarelling is pastil fut un temps où... there was a time when...le temps n'est plus où... gone are the days when...être en avance/en retard sur son temps to be ahead of/behind one's timea. [en retard] he was out of step with his timeb. [en avance] he was ahead of his timedans mon jeune temps when I was young, in my younger daysj'ai cru, un temps, que... I thought, for a while, that...elle est fidèle — ça n'aura ou ne durera qu'un temps she's faithful — it won't lastfaire son temps [détenu, soldat] to do ou to serve one's timela cafetière/mon manteau a fait son temps (familier) the coffee machine's/my coat's seen better daysen temps normal ou ordinaire usually, in normal circumstancesen temps utile in due time ou coursele temps des cerises/pêches the cherry/peach season8. [phase - d'une action, d'un mouvement] stage9. INFORMATIQUE timetemps d'accès/d'amorçage access/start-up time10. LINGUISTIQUE tense13. RELIGIONle temps de l'avent/du carême (the season of) Advent/Lentle temps pascal Easter time, Eastertideelle a fait le meilleur temps aux essais hers was the best time ou she was the fastest in the trials————————[tɑ̃] nom masculin plurielles temps sont durs ou difficiles! times are hard!les temps modernes/préhistoriques modern/prehistoric times————————à temps locution adverbialeje n'arriverai/je ne finirai jamais à temps! I'll never make it/I'll never finish in time!————————à temps perdu locution adverbiale————————→ link=enen même temps————————→ link=enen même temps que————————au temps de locution prépositionnelleau temps jadis locution adverbialeau temps où locution conjonctive,au temps que locution conjonctive————————avec le temps locution adverbialeavec le temps, tout s'arrange time is a great healerces temps-ci locution adverbialedans ce temps-là locution adverbiale→ link=enen même temps→ link=enen même temps quedans le temps locution adverbiale————————dans les temps locution adverbialea. [pour un travail] to be on schedule ou timeb. [pour une course] to be within the time (limit)de temps à autre locution adverbiale,de temps en temps locution adverbiale————————du temps de locution prépositionnelledu temps de notre père, tu n'aurais pas osé when our father was (still) alive, you wouldn't have daredde mon temps, ça n'existait pas when I was young ou in my day, there was no such thing→ link=auau temps où→ link=dansdans ce temps-làen même temps locution adverbialeen même temps que locution conjonctive————————en temps de locution prépositionnelleen temps de guerre/paix in wartime/peacetimeen temps de prospérité/récession in times of prosperity/recessionen temps et lieu locution adverbialeen un temps où locution conjonctive————————par les temps qui courent locution adverbiale(familier) (things being as they are) these days ou nowadaystout le temps locution adverbiale————————temps fort nom masculinun des temps forts du festival one of the high points ou highlights of the festival————————temps mort nom masculin1. [au basketball, au volleyball] time-out -
12 abverto
ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).I.Lit.A.In gen.a.Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):b.ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,
Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,
id. Am. 3, 2, 18:(M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,
Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:aliquid ab oculis,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,
turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:locis seminis ic tum,
Lucr. 4, 1273:Italiā Teucrorum regem,
Verg. A. 1, 42:a ceteris omnium in se oculos,
Liv. 2, 5, 6:in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,
id. 3, 24, 9:ab hominibus ad deos preces,
id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,
Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,
Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,
id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),
put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:c.equus fontes avertitur,
Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,
Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:B.ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:ecce avortit,
id. ib. 2, 2, 50:dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,
Verg. A. 1, 402:tum prora avertit,
id. ib. 1, 104:avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,
Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:II.pecuniam publicam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,
Tac. H. 1, 53:aliquid domum tuam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:praedam omnem domum avertebant,
Caes. B. C. 3, 59:intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:auratam Colchis pellem,
to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:quattuor a stabulis tauros,
Verg. A. 8, 208:avertere praedas,
id. ib. 10, 78:carā pisces avertere mensā,
Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—Trop.A.To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:B.accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,
Cic. Mur. 21:avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,
Liv. 9, 24, 11:qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,
Cic. Sest. 31:ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,
Liv. 1, 28, 5:animum a pietate,
id. 7, 5, 7:aliquem ab incepto avertit,
id. 23, 18, 9:a philosophiā,
Suet. Ner. 52.—Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:A.legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,
Cic. Phil. 10, 3:ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,
had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,
id. ib. 3, 79:popularium animos,
Sall. J. 111, 2:futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20:nobis mentem deorum,
Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:B.et adversus et aversus impudicus es,
before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,
Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,
from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:aversos proterere,
id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;32: aversum ferro transfixit,
Nep. Dat. 11, 5:aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,
backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,
Tac. A. 1, 66:scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,
upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:milites aversi a proelio,
withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):per aversa castrorum receptus est,
Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:per aversa urbis fugam dederat,
Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:aversa montis,
Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,
Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,
id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.(α).With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):(β).aversus a Musis,
Cic. Arch. 9, 20:aversus a vero,
id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,
id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,
id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,
Sen. Ep. 50.—With dat.:(γ).aversus mercaturis,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:vilicus aversus contubernio,
Col. 12, 1, 2:defensioni aversior,
Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—Absol.:aversa deae mens,
Verg. A. 2, 170:aversa voluntas,
id. ib. 12, 647:aversos soliti componere amicos,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:aversus animus,
Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:vultus aversior,
Sen. Ira, 2, 24:aversi animis,
Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used. -
13 aversum
ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).I.Lit.A.In gen.a.Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):b.ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,
Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,
id. Am. 3, 2, 18:(M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,
Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:aliquid ab oculis,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,
turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:locis seminis ic tum,
Lucr. 4, 1273:Italiā Teucrorum regem,
Verg. A. 1, 42:a ceteris omnium in se oculos,
Liv. 2, 5, 6:in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,
id. 3, 24, 9:ab hominibus ad deos preces,
id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,
Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,
Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,
id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),
put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:c.equus fontes avertitur,
Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,
Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:B.ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:ecce avortit,
id. ib. 2, 2, 50:dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,
Verg. A. 1, 402:tum prora avertit,
id. ib. 1, 104:avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,
Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:II.pecuniam publicam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,
Tac. H. 1, 53:aliquid domum tuam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:praedam omnem domum avertebant,
Caes. B. C. 3, 59:intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:auratam Colchis pellem,
to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:quattuor a stabulis tauros,
Verg. A. 8, 208:avertere praedas,
id. ib. 10, 78:carā pisces avertere mensā,
Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—Trop.A.To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:B.accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,
Cic. Mur. 21:avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,
Liv. 9, 24, 11:qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,
Cic. Sest. 31:ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,
Liv. 1, 28, 5:animum a pietate,
id. 7, 5, 7:aliquem ab incepto avertit,
id. 23, 18, 9:a philosophiā,
Suet. Ner. 52.—Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:A.legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,
Cic. Phil. 10, 3:ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,
had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,
id. ib. 3, 79:popularium animos,
Sall. J. 111, 2:futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20:nobis mentem deorum,
Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:B.et adversus et aversus impudicus es,
before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,
Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,
from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:aversos proterere,
id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;32: aversum ferro transfixit,
Nep. Dat. 11, 5:aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,
backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,
Tac. A. 1, 66:scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,
upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:milites aversi a proelio,
withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):per aversa castrorum receptus est,
Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:per aversa urbis fugam dederat,
Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:aversa montis,
Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,
Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,
id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.(α).With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):(β).aversus a Musis,
Cic. Arch. 9, 20:aversus a vero,
id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,
id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,
id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,
Sen. Ep. 50.—With dat.:(γ).aversus mercaturis,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:vilicus aversus contubernio,
Col. 12, 1, 2:defensioni aversior,
Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—Absol.:aversa deae mens,
Verg. A. 2, 170:aversa voluntas,
id. ib. 12, 647:aversos soliti componere amicos,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:aversus animus,
Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:vultus aversior,
Sen. Ira, 2, 24:aversi animis,
Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used. -
14 averto
ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).I.Lit.A.In gen.a.Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):b.ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,
Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,
id. Am. 3, 2, 18:(M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,
Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:aliquid ab oculis,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,
turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:locis seminis ic tum,
Lucr. 4, 1273:Italiā Teucrorum regem,
Verg. A. 1, 42:a ceteris omnium in se oculos,
Liv. 2, 5, 6:in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,
id. 3, 24, 9:ab hominibus ad deos preces,
id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,
Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,
Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,
id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),
put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:c.equus fontes avertitur,
Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,
Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:B.ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:ecce avortit,
id. ib. 2, 2, 50:dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,
Verg. A. 1, 402:tum prora avertit,
id. ib. 1, 104:avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,
Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:II.pecuniam publicam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,
Tac. H. 1, 53:aliquid domum tuam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:praedam omnem domum avertebant,
Caes. B. C. 3, 59:intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:auratam Colchis pellem,
to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:quattuor a stabulis tauros,
Verg. A. 8, 208:avertere praedas,
id. ib. 10, 78:carā pisces avertere mensā,
Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—Trop.A.To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:B.accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,
Cic. Mur. 21:avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,
Liv. 9, 24, 11:qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,
Cic. Sest. 31:ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,
Liv. 1, 28, 5:animum a pietate,
id. 7, 5, 7:aliquem ab incepto avertit,
id. 23, 18, 9:a philosophiā,
Suet. Ner. 52.—Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:A.legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,
Cic. Phil. 10, 3:ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,
had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,
id. ib. 3, 79:popularium animos,
Sall. J. 111, 2:futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20:nobis mentem deorum,
Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:B.et adversus et aversus impudicus es,
before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,
Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,
from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:aversos proterere,
id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;32: aversum ferro transfixit,
Nep. Dat. 11, 5:aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,
backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,
Tac. A. 1, 66:scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,
upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:milites aversi a proelio,
withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):per aversa castrorum receptus est,
Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:per aversa urbis fugam dederat,
Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:aversa montis,
Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,
Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,
id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.(α).With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):(β).aversus a Musis,
Cic. Arch. 9, 20:aversus a vero,
id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,
id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,
id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,
Sen. Ep. 50.—With dat.:(γ).aversus mercaturis,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:vilicus aversus contubernio,
Col. 12, 1, 2:defensioni aversior,
Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—Absol.:aversa deae mens,
Verg. A. 2, 170:aversa voluntas,
id. ib. 12, 647:aversos soliti componere amicos,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:aversus animus,
Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:vultus aversior,
Sen. Ira, 2, 24:aversi animis,
Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used. -
15 avorto
ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).I.Lit.A.In gen.a.Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):b.ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,
Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,
id. Am. 3, 2, 18:(M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,
Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:aliquid ab oculis,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,
turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:locis seminis ic tum,
Lucr. 4, 1273:Italiā Teucrorum regem,
Verg. A. 1, 42:a ceteris omnium in se oculos,
Liv. 2, 5, 6:in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,
id. 3, 24, 9:ab hominibus ad deos preces,
id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,
Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,
Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,
id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),
put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:c.equus fontes avertitur,
Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,
Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:B.ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:ecce avortit,
id. ib. 2, 2, 50:dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,
Verg. A. 1, 402:tum prora avertit,
id. ib. 1, 104:avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,
Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:II.pecuniam publicam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,
Tac. H. 1, 53:aliquid domum tuam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:praedam omnem domum avertebant,
Caes. B. C. 3, 59:intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:auratam Colchis pellem,
to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:quattuor a stabulis tauros,
Verg. A. 8, 208:avertere praedas,
id. ib. 10, 78:carā pisces avertere mensā,
Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—Trop.A.To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:B.accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,
Cic. Mur. 21:avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,
Liv. 9, 24, 11:qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,
Cic. Sest. 31:ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,
Liv. 1, 28, 5:animum a pietate,
id. 7, 5, 7:aliquem ab incepto avertit,
id. 23, 18, 9:a philosophiā,
Suet. Ner. 52.—Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:A.legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,
Cic. Phil. 10, 3:ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,
had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,
id. ib. 3, 79:popularium animos,
Sall. J. 111, 2:futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20:nobis mentem deorum,
Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:B.et adversus et aversus impudicus es,
before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,
Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,
from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:aversos proterere,
id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;32: aversum ferro transfixit,
Nep. Dat. 11, 5:aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,
backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,
Tac. A. 1, 66:scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,
upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:milites aversi a proelio,
withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):per aversa castrorum receptus est,
Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:per aversa urbis fugam dederat,
Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:aversa montis,
Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,
Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,
id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.(α).With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):(β).aversus a Musis,
Cic. Arch. 9, 20:aversus a vero,
id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,
id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,
id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,
Sen. Ep. 50.—With dat.:(γ).aversus mercaturis,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:vilicus aversus contubernio,
Col. 12, 1, 2:defensioni aversior,
Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—Absol.:aversa deae mens,
Verg. A. 2, 170:aversa voluntas,
id. ib. 12, 647:aversos soliti componere amicos,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:aversus animus,
Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:vultus aversior,
Sen. Ira, 2, 24:aversi animis,
Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used. -
16 parte
f.1 part.la mayor parte de la gente most peoplela tercera parte de a third ofrepartir algo a partes iguales to share something out equallyen parte to a certain extent, partlypor mi/tu parte for my/your partpor partes bit by bit2 part (place).en alguna parte somewhereen otra parte elsewhere, somewhere elseno lo veo por ninguna parte I can't find it anywhere¿de qué parte de España es? what part of Spain is he from?, whereabouts in Spain is he from?3 side (bando, lado).estar/ponerse de parte de alguien to be on/to take somebody's sidepor parte de padre/madre on one's father's/mother's sidepor una parte… por otra… on the one hand… on the other (hand)…por otra parte what is more, besides (además)tener a alguien de parte de uno to have somebody on one's side4 (spare) part, spare (repuesto). (Mexican Spanish)5 party, side.6 region, place.7 communication, communiqué, message, notice.m.report.dar parte (a alguien de algo) to report (something to somebody)parte facultativo o médico medical reportparte meteorológico weather reportpres.indicat.3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: partir.imperat.2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: partir.* * *1 (gen) part; (en una partición) portion2 (en negocio) share3 (lugar) place4 (en un conflicto) side5 DERECHO party1 (comunicado) official report1 familiar privates, private parts\dar parte to reportde parte a parte throughde parte de on behalf of, from¿de parte de quien? who's calling please?de un tiempo a esta parte up until nowen parte partlyestar de parte de to supportformar parte de to be part ofllevar la mejor/peor parte to have the best/worst of itno llevar a ninguna parte not to lead anywherepor todas partes everywherepor una parte,... por otra... on the one hand..., on the other hand...tomar parte to take sidestomar parte en algo to take part in somethingvamos/vayamos por partes one step at a timeparte de la oración part of speechparte médico medical reportparte meteorológico weather reportpartes pudendas private partspartes vergonzosas private parts* * *1. noun m.report, dispatch2. noun f.1) part2) share3) side, party4) place5) role•- en parte- parte delantera
- parte trasera* * *ISM1) (=informe) reportparte de baja (laboral) — [por enfermedad] doctor's note; [por cese] certificate of leaving employment, ≈ P45
parte facultativo, parte médico — medical report, medical bulletin
parte meteorológico — weather forecast, weather report
2) (Mil) dispatch, communiquéparte de guerra — military communiqué, war report
3) (Radio) † news bulletin4) Cono Sur [de boda] wedding invitation; (Aut) speeding ticketIISF1) (=sección) part¿en qué parte del libro te has quedado? — where are you in the book?, which bit of the book are you on at the moment?
•
la cuarta parte — a quarter•
ser parte esencial de algo — to be an essential part of sth•
la mayor parte de algo, pasé la mayor parte del tiempo leyendo — I spent most of the time reading-¿os queda dinero? -sí, aunque ya hemos gastado la mayor parte — "do you have any money left?" - "yes, though we've spent most of it"
•
la tercera parte — a third2) [en locuciones]•
de parte de, llamo de parte de Juan — I'm calling on behalf of Juan¿de parte de quién? — [al teléfono] who's calling?
•
en parte — partly, in partse debe en parte a su falta de experiencia — it's partly due to his lack of experience, it's due in part to his lack of experience
•
formar parte de algo, ¿cuándo entró a formar parte de la organización? — when did she join the organization?•
en gran parte — to a large extent•
por otra parte — on the other handpor una parte... por otra (parte) — on the one hand,... on the other
•
por parte de — on the part ofexige un gran esfuerzo por parte de los alumnos — it requires a great effort on the part of o from the pupils
yo por mi parte, no estoy de acuerdo — I, for my part, disagree
•
¡ vayamos por partes! — let's take it one step at a time!3) (=participación) share•
ir a la parte — to go shares•
tener parte en algo — to share in sth•
tomar parte (en algo) — to take part (in sth)partir¿cuántos corredores tomarán parte en la prueba? — how many runners will take part in the race?
4) (=lugar) part¿de qué parte de Inglaterra eres? — what part of England are you from?
¿en qué parte de la ciudad vives? — where o whereabouts in the city do you live?
•
en alguna parte — somewhere•
en cualquier parte — anywhere•
en ninguna parte — nowherepor ahí no se va a ninguna parte — (lit) that way doesn't lead anywhere; (fig) that will get us nowhere
•
ir a otra parte — to go somewhere else•
en o por todas partes — everywherehabaen salva sea la parte Esp euf (=trasero) —
5) (=bando) side•
estar de parte de algn — to be on sb's side¿de parte de quién estás tú? — whose side are you on?
•
ponerse de parte de algn — to side with sb, take sb's side6) [indicando parentesco] side7) (Dep) [en partido] half•
primera parte — first half•
segunda parte — second half8) (Teat) part9) (Jur) [en contrato] partypartes íntimas, partes pudendas — private parts
12) Méx spare part* * *I1) (informe, comunicación) reportdar parte de un incidente — particular to report an incident; autoridad to file a report about an incident
2) (Andes) ( multa) ticket (colloq), fineIIme pasaron or me pusieron un parte — I got a ticket o a fine
1)a) (porción, fracción) partpasa la mayor or gran parte del tiempo al teléfono — she spends most of her o the time on the phone
la mayor parte de los participantes — the majority of o most of the participants
esto se debe en gran parte a... — this is largely due to...
b) ( de lugar) part¿de qué parte de México eres? — what part of Mexico are you from?
2) (en locs)es, en buena parte, culpa suya — it is, to a large o great extent, his own fault
de unos meses a esta parte la situación ha empeorado — the situation has deteriorated over the past few months
muy amable de su parte — (that is/was) very kind of you
¿de parte de quién? — ( por teléfono) who's calling?, who shall I say is calling? (frml)
¿tú de parte de quién estás? — whose side are you on?
tienes que poner de tu parte — you have to do your share o part o (BrE colloq) bit
formar parte de algo — pieza/sección to be part of something; persona/país to belong to something
por mi/tu/su parte — for my/your/his part
yo, por mi parte... — I, for my part... (frml), as far as I'm concerned...
por parte de: fue un error por parte nuestra/de la compañía it was a mistake on our part/on the part of the company; por parte de or del padre on his father's side; por partes: revisémoslo por partes let's go over it section by section; vayamos por partes let's take it step by step; por otra parte ( además) anyway, in any case; ( por otro lado) however, on the other hand; salva sea la parte — (euf & hum) rear (colloq & euph)
3) ( participación) part4) ( lugar)vámonos a otra parte — let's go somewhere else o (AmE) someplace else
esto no nos lleva a ninguna parte — this isn't getting o leading us anywhere
¿adónde vas? - a ninguna parte — where are you going? - nowhere
a/en todas partes — everywhere
5) (en negociación, contrato, juicio) partyla parte demandante — the plaintiff/plaintiffs
6) (Teatr) part, rolemandarse la(s) parte(s) (CS) — (fam) to show off
7) (Méx) ( repuesto) part, spare (part)•* * *= body, end, part, part, party, piece, portion, quarter, section, segment, sequence, share, report.Nota: Documento que presenta el resultado de las actividades de un individuo o una organización.Ex. The main body of criticism centred upon the treatment of nonbook materials.Ex. Scanning must start to the left of the bar codes and must continue past the right end.Ex. Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.Ex. A part is one of the subordinate units into which an item has been divided by the author, publisher, or manufacturer.Ex. Enter a brief, plea, or other formal record of one party to a case under the heading for that party.Ex. Within one main class the same piece of notation may be used to signify different concepts.Ex. An extract is one o more portions of a document selected to represent the whole document.Ex. A reappraisal is therefore outlined here with the understanding that it is open to rebuttal and challenge from whatever quarter.Ex. Plainly such representative sections may not be present in many documents, but sometimes an extract from the results, conclusions or recommendations of a document may serve to identify the key issues covered by the entire document.Ex. No such constraints exist where online display is anticipated, since only one segment at a time is displayed.Ex. A classified catalogue is a catalogue with three or four separate sequences: an author/title catalogue or index (or separate author and title catalogues), a classified subject catalogue, and a subject index to the classified catalogue.Ex. The clicker paid each man according to what he had set, keeping for himself a share equal to that of the most productive hand.Ex. The report introduced a range of ideas which have influenced subsequent code construction.----* a alguna parte = someplace.* abordar una mínima parte del asunto = touch + the tip of the iceberg.* ambas partes del argumento = both sides of the fence.* a partes iguales = share and share alike, in equal measure(s).* buscar por todas partes = scour + Nombre + for.* dar parte de = report.* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.* de la parte superior = topmost [top most].* de otras partes = further afield.* de parte de = on behalf of [in behalf of; on + Nombre + behalf], in + Nombre + behalf [in/on behalf of].* de parte de otro = on behalf of someone else.* de todas las partes del mundo = from all over the world, from all over the globe, from every part of the world.* de todas partes = from far and wide.* de una parte a otra = back and forth.* de un tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.* dividir Algo en partes iguales = divide + Nombre + in equal parts.* dividir en partes = break into + parts.* dividirse en partes = fall into + parts.* durante la mayor parte de = for much of.* durante la mayor parte del año = for the best part of the year.* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.* en alguna parte = someplace.* en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.* en buena parte = for the most part.* en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.* en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.* en gran parte = largely, in large part, in large measure, for the most part, to a great extent, to a great degree.* en la mayor parte de = in the majority of.* en la parte de arriba = at the top.* en la parte de atrás = in the back, at the rear.* en la parte de delante = at the front.* en la parte delantera = at the front.* en la parte posterior = in the back.* en la parte superior = at the top, uppermost.* en la parte trasera = in the back, at the rear.* en ninguna parte = nowhere.* en otra parte = elsewhere, further afield.* en otras partes = further afield.* en parte = in part, part of the way, partial, partially, partly.* en parte + Nombre = part + Nombre.* en qué parte = whereabouts.* en su mayor parte = largely, mostly, for the most part.* en su parte central = at its core.* en todas partes = all around, far and wide, far and wide.* entrar a formar parte de = enter in.* entre tres partes = 3-party [three-party].* en varias partes = multi-part [multipart].* extenderse por todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.* formar parte = form + part.* formar parte de = be part of, be part of, build into, enter into, become + (a) part of, be a part of, inhere in, become + one with, inform, fall under.* formar parte del paisaje = blend into + the landscape.* formar parte de un comite = serve on + committee.* formar parte integral = form + an integral part.* formar parte integral de = be an integral part of.* formar parte natural de su entorno = blend into + the landscape.* gran parte = much.* gran parte de = much of.* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.* la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.* la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.* la parte de atrás de = the back of.* la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.* la parte más importante = the heart of.* la parte principal de = the bulk of.* la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.* la parte trasera de = the back of.* llamamiento para formar parte de un jurado = jury duty.* llegar a todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.* lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.* más que la suma de sus partes = Comparativo + than the sum of its parts.* mínima parte = fraction.* no considerarse parte de = hold + Reflexivo + apart from.* no llevar a ninguna parte = achieve + nothing, go + nowhere.* numeración de las partes = numbering of parts.* parte afectada = stakeholder.* parte anterior del pie = ball of + Posesivo + foot.* parte azotada por el viento = windward.* parte de accidente = accident report.* parte de atrás = back, backside, rear.* parte delantera = fore-end.* parte de una obra = component part.* parte de una publicación = component part.* parte en un contrato = contracting party.* parte expuesta al viento = windward.* parte implicada = stakeholder.* parte inferior = bottom, underside.* parte inferior derecha = lower right.* parte integral = integral part.* parte integrante = integral part, fixture.* parte interesada = interested party, stakeholder, concerned party.* parte metereológico = weather forecast.* parte musical = part.* parte posterior = backside, rear.* parte principal del texto = meat of the text.* parte protegida = lee.* parte protegida del viento = leeward.* parte que falta = missing part.* partes = bits and pieces.* partes beligerantes = warring factions, warring parties.* partes de un conflicto = warring factions, warring parties.* parte segunda = revisited.* partes en cuestión, las = parties concerned, the.* partes enfrentadas = warring factions, warring parties.* partes implicadas, las = parties involved, the, parties concerned, the.* parte superior = top, topside.* parte trasera = back, rear.* parte vital = lifeblood.* parte Y la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.* pero por otra parte = but then again.* poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.* ponerse de parte de = side with.* ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.* poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.* por otra parte = on the other hand, on the other side, on the flip side.* por parte de = on the part of.* por parte de uno = on + Posesivo + part.* por + Posesivo + parte = for + Posesivo + part.* por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.* por una parte = on the one hand, on the one side.* Posesivo + partes = Posesivo + family jewels, Posesivo + privates.* Posesivo + partes íntimas = Posesivo + privates, Posesivo + family jewels.* Posesivo + partes privadas = Posesivo + crown jewels, Posesivo + family jewels, Posesivo + privates.* Posesivo + partes pudendas = Posesivo + family jewels.* Posesivo + partes pudendas = Posesivo + privates.* que forma parte de la cultura = culturally-embedded.* que forma parte en = involved in.* que toma parte en = involved in.* relación parte/todo = whole/part relationship.* segunda parte = sequel, follow-up.* ser parte de = be part of, be a part of, fall under.* sinónimo en parte = near synonym.* subparte = subpart.* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.* todas las partes implicadas = all concerned.* tomar parte = involve, take + part, become + involved.* tomar parte activa = become + involved, get + active.* tomar parte en = join in.* tomar parte en el asunto = enter + the fray.* tomar parte en en el asunto = be part of the picture.* una buena parte de = a large measure of, a good deal of, a great deal of.* una cuarta parte = one-quarter (1/4), one in four.* una cuarta parte de = a fourth of.* una décima parte = one tenth [one-tenth], one in ten.* una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.* una octava parte = one in eight.* una parte de = a share of, a snatch of.* una quinta parte = one-fifth [one fifth], one in five.* una quinta parte de = a fifth of.* una tercera parte = one third (1/3), one in three.* * *I1) (informe, comunicación) reportdar parte de un incidente — particular to report an incident; autoridad to file a report about an incident
2) (Andes) ( multa) ticket (colloq), fineIIme pasaron or me pusieron un parte — I got a ticket o a fine
1)a) (porción, fracción) partpasa la mayor or gran parte del tiempo al teléfono — she spends most of her o the time on the phone
la mayor parte de los participantes — the majority of o most of the participants
esto se debe en gran parte a... — this is largely due to...
b) ( de lugar) part¿de qué parte de México eres? — what part of Mexico are you from?
2) (en locs)es, en buena parte, culpa suya — it is, to a large o great extent, his own fault
de unos meses a esta parte la situación ha empeorado — the situation has deteriorated over the past few months
muy amable de su parte — (that is/was) very kind of you
¿de parte de quién? — ( por teléfono) who's calling?, who shall I say is calling? (frml)
¿tú de parte de quién estás? — whose side are you on?
tienes que poner de tu parte — you have to do your share o part o (BrE colloq) bit
formar parte de algo — pieza/sección to be part of something; persona/país to belong to something
por mi/tu/su parte — for my/your/his part
yo, por mi parte... — I, for my part... (frml), as far as I'm concerned...
por parte de: fue un error por parte nuestra/de la compañía it was a mistake on our part/on the part of the company; por parte de or del padre on his father's side; por partes: revisémoslo por partes let's go over it section by section; vayamos por partes let's take it step by step; por otra parte ( además) anyway, in any case; ( por otro lado) however, on the other hand; salva sea la parte — (euf & hum) rear (colloq & euph)
3) ( participación) part4) ( lugar)vámonos a otra parte — let's go somewhere else o (AmE) someplace else
esto no nos lleva a ninguna parte — this isn't getting o leading us anywhere
¿adónde vas? - a ninguna parte — where are you going? - nowhere
a/en todas partes — everywhere
5) (en negociación, contrato, juicio) partyla parte demandante — the plaintiff/plaintiffs
6) (Teatr) part, rolemandarse la(s) parte(s) (CS) — (fam) to show off
7) (Méx) ( repuesto) part, spare (part)•* * *= body, end, part, part, party, piece, portion, quarter, section, segment, sequence, share, report.Nota: Documento que presenta el resultado de las actividades de un individuo o una organización.Ex: The main body of criticism centred upon the treatment of nonbook materials.
Ex: Scanning must start to the left of the bar codes and must continue past the right end.Ex: Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.Ex: A part is one of the subordinate units into which an item has been divided by the author, publisher, or manufacturer.Ex: Enter a brief, plea, or other formal record of one party to a case under the heading for that party.Ex: Within one main class the same piece of notation may be used to signify different concepts.Ex: An extract is one o more portions of a document selected to represent the whole document.Ex: A reappraisal is therefore outlined here with the understanding that it is open to rebuttal and challenge from whatever quarter.Ex: Plainly such representative sections may not be present in many documents, but sometimes an extract from the results, conclusions or recommendations of a document may serve to identify the key issues covered by the entire document.Ex: No such constraints exist where online display is anticipated, since only one segment at a time is displayed.Ex: A classified catalogue is a catalogue with three or four separate sequences: an author/title catalogue or index (or separate author and title catalogues), a classified subject catalogue, and a subject index to the classified catalogue.Ex: The clicker paid each man according to what he had set, keeping for himself a share equal to that of the most productive hand.Ex: The report introduced a range of ideas which have influenced subsequent code construction.* a alguna parte = someplace.* abordar una mínima parte del asunto = touch + the tip of the iceberg.* ambas partes del argumento = both sides of the fence.* a partes iguales = share and share alike, in equal measure(s).* buscar por todas partes = scour + Nombre + for.* dar parte de = report.* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.* de la parte superior = topmost [top most].* de otras partes = further afield.* de parte de = on behalf of [in behalf of; on + Nombre + behalf], in + Nombre + behalf [in/on behalf of].* de parte de otro = on behalf of someone else.* de todas las partes del mundo = from all over the world, from all over the globe, from every part of the world.* de todas partes = from far and wide.* de una parte a otra = back and forth.* de un tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.* dividir Algo en partes iguales = divide + Nombre + in equal parts.* dividir en partes = break into + parts.* dividirse en partes = fall into + parts.* durante la mayor parte de = for much of.* durante la mayor parte del año = for the best part of the year.* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.* en alguna parte = someplace.* en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.* en buena parte = for the most part.* en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.* en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.* en gran parte = largely, in large part, in large measure, for the most part, to a great extent, to a great degree.* en la mayor parte de = in the majority of.* en la parte de arriba = at the top.* en la parte de atrás = in the back, at the rear.* en la parte de delante = at the front.* en la parte delantera = at the front.* en la parte posterior = in the back.* en la parte superior = at the top, uppermost.* en la parte trasera = in the back, at the rear.* en ninguna parte = nowhere.* en otra parte = elsewhere, further afield.* en otras partes = further afield.* en parte = in part, part of the way, partial, partially, partly.* en parte + Nombre = part + Nombre.* en qué parte = whereabouts.* en su mayor parte = largely, mostly, for the most part.* en su parte central = at its core.* en todas partes = all around, far and wide, far and wide.* entrar a formar parte de = enter in.* entre tres partes = 3-party [three-party].* en varias partes = multi-part [multipart].* extenderse por todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.* formar parte = form + part.* formar parte de = be part of, be part of, build into, enter into, become + (a) part of, be a part of, inhere in, become + one with, inform, fall under.* formar parte del paisaje = blend into + the landscape.* formar parte de un comite = serve on + committee.* formar parte integral = form + an integral part.* formar parte integral de = be an integral part of.* formar parte natural de su entorno = blend into + the landscape.* gran parte = much.* gran parte de = much of.* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.* la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.* la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.* la parte de atrás de = the back of.* la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.* la parte más importante = the heart of.* la parte principal de = the bulk of.* la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.* la parte trasera de = the back of.* llamamiento para formar parte de un jurado = jury duty.* llegar a todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.* lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.* más que la suma de sus partes = Comparativo + than the sum of its parts.* mínima parte = fraction.* no considerarse parte de = hold + Reflexivo + apart from.* no llevar a ninguna parte = achieve + nothing, go + nowhere.* numeración de las partes = numbering of parts.* parte afectada = stakeholder.* parte anterior del pie = ball of + Posesivo + foot.* parte azotada por el viento = windward.* parte de accidente = accident report.* parte de atrás = back, backside, rear.* parte delantera = fore-end.* parte de una obra = component part.* parte de una publicación = component part.* parte en un contrato = contracting party.* parte expuesta al viento = windward.* parte implicada = stakeholder.* parte inferior = bottom, underside.* parte inferior derecha = lower right.* parte integral = integral part.* parte integrante = integral part, fixture.* parte interesada = interested party, stakeholder, concerned party.* parte metereológico = weather forecast.* parte musical = part.* parte posterior = backside, rear.* parte principal del texto = meat of the text.* parte protegida = lee.* parte protegida del viento = leeward.* parte que falta = missing part.* partes = bits and pieces.* partes beligerantes = warring factions, warring parties.* partes de un conflicto = warring factions, warring parties.* parte segunda = revisited.* partes en cuestión, las = parties concerned, the.* partes enfrentadas = warring factions, warring parties.* partes implicadas, las = parties involved, the, parties concerned, the.* parte superior = top, topside.* parte trasera = back, rear.* parte vital = lifeblood.* parte Y la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.* pero por otra parte = but then again.* poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.* ponerse de parte de = side with.* ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.* poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.* por otra parte = on the other hand, on the other side, on the flip side.* por parte de = on the part of.* por parte de uno = on + Posesivo + part.* por + Posesivo + parte = for + Posesivo + part.* por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.* por una parte = on the one hand, on the one side.* Posesivo + partes = Posesivo + family jewels, Posesivo + privates.* Posesivo + partes íntimas = Posesivo + privates, Posesivo + family jewels.* Posesivo + partes privadas = Posesivo + crown jewels, Posesivo + family jewels, Posesivo + privates.* Posesivo + partes pudendas = Posesivo + family jewels.* Posesivo + partes pudendas = Posesivo + privates.* que forma parte de la cultura = culturally-embedded.* que forma parte en = involved in.* que toma parte en = involved in.* relación parte/todo = whole/part relationship.* segunda parte = sequel, follow-up.* ser parte de = be part of, be a part of, fall under.* sinónimo en parte = near synonym.* subparte = subpart.* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.* todas las partes implicadas = all concerned.* tomar parte = involve, take + part, become + involved.* tomar parte activa = become + involved, get + active.* tomar parte en = join in.* tomar parte en el asunto = enter + the fray.* tomar parte en en el asunto = be part of the picture.* una buena parte de = a large measure of, a good deal of, a great deal of.* una cuarta parte = one-quarter (1/4), one in four.* una cuarta parte de = a fourth of.* una décima parte = one tenth [one-tenth], one in ten.* una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.* una octava parte = one in eight.* una parte de = a share of, a snatch of.* una quinta parte = one-fifth [one fifth], one in five.* una quinta parte de = a fifth of.* una tercera parte = one third (1/3), one in three.* * *A (informe, comunicación) reportme veo obligado a dar parte de este incidente I shall have to report this incident o file a report about this incidentllamó para dar parte de enfermo he called in sickdio parte de sin novedad ( Mil) he reported that all was wellCompuestos:death certificatedispatchmedical report o bulletinmedical report o bulletinweather reportme pasaron or sacaron or pusieron un parte I got a ticket o a fineA1 (porción, fracción) partdivídelo en tres partes iguales divide it into three equal partsuna sexta parte de los beneficios a sixth of the profitsentre 180 y 300 partes por millón between 180 and 300 parts per millionparte de lo recaudado part of the money collecteddestruyó la mayor parte de la cosecha it destroyed most of the harvestla mayor parte del tiempo most of her/your/the timela mayor parte de los participantes the majority of o most of the participantssu parte de la herencia his share of the inheritancetenemos nuestra parte de responsabilidad en el asunto we have to accept part of o a certain amount of responsibility in this affairpor fin me siento parte integrante del equipo I finally feel I'm a full member of the teamforma parte integral del libro it is an integral part of the book2 (de un lugar) partla parte antigua de la ciudad the old part of the citysoy español — ¿de qué parte (de España)? I'm Spanish — which part (of Spain) are you from?en la parte de atrás de la casa at the back of the houseen la parte de arriba de la estantería on the top shelfatravesamos la ciudad de parte a parte we crossed from one side of the city to the otherCompuestos:part of speechlion's shareB ( en locs):en parte partlyen parte es culpa tuya it's partly your faultesto se debe, en gran parte, al aumento de la demanda this is largely due to the increase in demandes, en buena parte, culpa suya it is, to a large o great extent, his own faultde un tiempo a esta parte for some time nowde cinco meses a esta parte la situación se ha venido deteriorando the situation has been deteriorating these past five months o over the past five monthsde mi/tu/su parte from me/you/himdíselo de mi parte tell him from medale saludos de parte de todos nosotros give him our best wishes o say hello from all of usdale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regardsllévale esto a Pedro de mi parte take Pedro this from memuy amable de su parte (that is/was) very kind of youde parte del director que subas a verlo the director wants you to go up and see him, the director says you're to go up and see himvengo de parte del señor Díaz Mr Díaz sent me¿de parte de quién? (por teléfono) who's calling?, who shall I say is calling? ( frml)¿tú de parte de quién estás? whose side are you on?se puso de su parte he sided with heryo te ayudaré, pero tú también tienes que poner de tu parte I'll help you, but you have to do your share o part o ( BrE colloq) bitforman parte del mecanismo de arranque they are o they form part of the starting mechanismforma parte de la delegación china she's a member of the Chinese delegationforma parte del equipo nacional she's a member of the national team, she's on ( AmE) o ( BrE) in the national teamentró a formar parte de la plantilla he joined the staffpor mi/tu/su parte for my/your/his partyo, por mi parte, no tengo inconveniente I, for my part, have no objection ( frml), as far as I'm concerned, there's no problempor parte de on the part ofexige un conocimiento de la materia por parte del lector it requires the reader to have some knowledge of the subject, it requires some knowledge of the subject on the part of the readerreclamaron una mayor atención a este problema por parte de la junta they demanded that the board pay greater attention to this problemsu interrogatorio por parte del fiscal his questioning by the prosecutorpor parte de or del padre on his father's sidepor partes: revisémoslo por partes let's go over it section by sectionvayamos por partes ¿cómo empezó la discusión? let's take it step by step, how did the argument start?el que parte y reparte se lleva la mejor parte he who cuts the cake takes the biggest sliceC (participación) partyo no tuve parte en eso I played no part in thatno le dan parte en la toma de decisiones she isn't given any say in decision-makingno quiso tomar parte en el debate she did not wish to take part in o to participate in the debatelos atletas que tomaron parte en la segunda prueba the athletes who competed in o took part in o participated in the second eventDva a pie a todas partes she goes everywhere on foot, she walks everywherese consigue en cualquier parte you can get it anywhereen todas partes everywheretiene que estar en alguna parte it must be somewhereno aparece por ninguna parte I can't find it anywhere o it's nowhere to be foundeste camino no lleva a ninguna parte this path doesn't lead anywhereesta discusión no nos va a llevar a ninguna parte this discussion isn't going to get us anywheremandar a algn a buena parte ( Chi fam euf); to tell sb to go take a running jump ( colloq), to tell sb to go to blazes ( colloq dated)en todas partes (se) cuecen habas it's the same the world overE1 (en negociaciones, un contrato) partylas partes contratantes the parties to the contractlas partes firmantes the signatoriesambas partes están dispuestas a negociar both sides are ready to negotiate2 ( Der) partysoy parte interesada I'm an interested partyCompuesto:opposing partyF ( Teatr) part, roleG ( Méx) (repuesto) part, spare part, spareCompuestos:* * *
Del verbo partir: ( conjugate partir)
parte es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
parte
partir
parte sustantivo masculino
1 (informe, comunicación) report;
[ autoridad] to file a report about an incident;
parte meteorológico weather report
2 (Andes) ( multa) ticket (colloq), fine
■ sustantivo femenino
1
pasa la mayor parte del tiempo al teléfono she spends most of her o the time on the phone;
la mayor parte de los participantes the majority of o most of the participants
◊ ¿de qué parte de México eres? what part of Mexico are you from?;
en la parte de atrás at the back
2 ( en locs)
en gran parte to a large extent, largely;
en su mayor parte for the most part;
de un tiempo a esta parte for some time now;
de parte de algn on behalf of sb;
llamo de parte de María I'm ringing on behalf of María;
dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards;
vengo de parte del señor Díaz Mr Díaz sent me;
¿de parte de quién? ( por teléfono) who's calling?, who shall I say is calling? (frml);
formar parte de algo [pieza/sección] to be part of sth;
[persona/país] to belong to sth;
por mi/tu/su parte as far as I'm/you're/he's concerned;
por partes: revisémoslo por partes let's go over it section by section;
vayamos por partes let's take it step by step;
por otra parte ( además) anyway, in any case;
( por otro lado) however, on the other hand;◊ por una parte …, por la otra … on the one hand …, on the other …
3 ( participación) part;
4 ( lugar):◊ vámonos a otra parte let's go somewhere else o (AmE) someplace else;
esto no nos lleva a ninguna parte this isn't getting o leading us anywhere;
¿adónde vas? — a ninguna parte where are you going? — nowhere;
en cualquier parte anywhere;
a/en/por todas partes everywhere;
en alguna parte somewhere
5 (en negociación, contrato, juicio) party
6 (Teatr) part, role
7 (Méx) ( repuesto) part, spare (part)
partir ( conjugate partir) verbo transitivo
‹nuez/avellana› to crack;
‹rama/palo› to break
‹ cabeza› to split open
verbo intransitivo
1
2a) parte DE algo ‹de una premisa/un supuesto› to start from sthb)◊ a partir de from;
a parte de ahora/ese momento from now on/that moment on;
a parte de hoy (as o starting) from today
partirse verbo pronominal
‹ diente› to break, chip
parte
I sustantivo femenino
1 (porción, trozo) part: esas danzas y esos ritos forman parte de nuestra cultura, those dances and rites are part of our culture
2 (de dinero, herencia, etc) share
3 (lado, sitio) place, spot: lo puedes encontrar en cualquier parte, you can find it anywhere
4 (en un enfrentamiento, discusión) side: ¿de qué parte estás?, whose side are you on?
está de mi parte, he's on my side
tomar parte en, to take part in: no deberíamos tomar parte en esas discusiones, we shouldn't take part in those discussions
5 Jur party
II sustantivo masculino
1 (informe, comunicación) report: tienes que dar parte a la policía, you must inform the police
parte médico/meteorológico, medical/weather report
2 Rad Tel news
♦ Locuciones: de parte a parte: el espejo se rompió de parte a parte, the mirror broke in two
de parte de..., on behalf of...
Tel ¿de parte de quién?, who's calling?
en gran parte, to a large extent
en parte, partly
por mi parte, as far as I am concerned
por otra parte, on the other hand
partir
I verbo transitivo
1 (romper, quebrar) to break: me parte el corazón verte tan desalentada, it's heartbreaking to see you so depressed
partir una nuez, to shell a walnut
2 (dividir) to split, divide
(con un cuchillo) to cut
II vi (irse) to leave, set out o off
♦ Locuciones: a partir de aquí/ahora, from here on/now on
a partir de entonces no volvimos a hablarnos, we didn't speak to each other from then on
' parte' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abotargarse
- accionariado
- adherirse
- adormecerse
- alma
- anterior
- apéndice
- arriba
- arte
- bajón
- caída
- caído
- chimenea
- colonizar
- consignar
- cuarta
- cuarto
- de
- deber
- décima
- décimo
- deformar
- deformarse
- delicadeza
- derecha
- derecho
- desnuda
- desnudo
- distribuir
- elemento
- encima
- encoger
- episodio
- ser
- escarpa
- este
- exterior
- fondo
- fuera
- gruesa
- grueso
- infante
- infrahumana
- infrahumano
- integrar
- integrante
- jirón
- juez
- les
- más
English:
account for
- act
- again
- against
- agenda
- anywhere
- appeal
- away
- back
- backbone
- backroom
- begin
- behalf
- bikini
- body
- bottom
- bulk
- buy out
- call
- civil
- claw back
- come away
- come under
- component
- constituent
- cross-examine
- croup
- cut
- damage
- day
- dispatch
- element
- else
- engage in
- for
- fourteenth
- fraction
- front
- good
- half
- hear of
- inner
- integral
- join
- join in
- largely
- linchpin
- lion
- listen
- mostly
* * *parte1 nm1. [informe] report;dar parte (a alguien de algo) to report (sth to sb);dimos parte del incidente a la policía we reported the incident to the policeparte de accidente [para aseguradora] (accident) claim form;parte facultativo medical report;parte de guerra dispatch;parte médico medical report;parte meteorológico weather reportparte2 nf1. [porción, elemento, división] part;hizo su parte del trabajo he did his share of the work;las partes del cuerpo the parts of the body;“El Padrino, Segunda parte” “The Godfather, Part Two”;la mayor parte de la gente most people;la mayor parte de la población most of the population;la tercera parte de a third of;repartir algo a partes iguales to share sth out equally;fue peligroso y divertido a partes iguales it was both dangerous and fun at the same time;dimos la lavadora vieja como parte del pago we traded in our old washing machine in part exchange;en parte to a certain extent, partly;en gran parte [mayoritariamente] for the most part;[principalmente] to a large extent;en su mayor parte están a favor they're mostly in favour, most of them are in favour;esto forma parte del proyecto this is part of the project;forma parte del comité she's a member of the committee;cada uno puso de su parte everyone did what they could;por mi parte no hay ningún problema it's fine as far as I'm concerned;hubo protestas por parte de los trabajadores the workers protested, there were protests from the workers;lo hicimos por partes we did it bit by bit;¡vamos por partes! [al explicar, aclarar] let's take one thing at a time!;ser parte integrante de algo to be o form an integral part of sth;llevarse la mejor/peor parte to come off best/worst;tomar parte en algo to take part in sth;llevarse la parte del león to get the lion's share;CSurmandarse la parte to put on airs;Eufen salva sea la parte: le dio un puntapié en salva sea la parte she gave him a kick up the rear;segundas partes nunca fueron buenas things are never as good the second time roundGram parte de la oración part of speech2. [lado, zona] part;la parte de abajo/de arriba, la parte inferior/superior the bottom/top;la parte trasera/delantera, la parte de atrás/de delante the back/front;el español que se habla en esta parte del mundo the Spanish spoken in this part of the world;viven en la parte alta de la ciudad they live in the higher part of the city;¿de qué parte de Argentina es? what part of Argentina is he from?, whereabouts in Argentina is he from?;la bala le atravesó el cerebro de parte a parte the bullet went right through his brain;por una parte…, por otra… on the one hand…, on the other (hand)…;por otra parte [además] what is more, besidesMéx parte baja [en béisbol] end of the inning3. [lugar, sitio] part;he estado en muchas partes I've been lots of places;¡tú no vas a ninguna parte! you're not going anywhere!;en alguna parte somewhere;en cualquier parte anywhere;en otra parte elsewhere, somewhere else;no lo veo por ninguna parte I can't find it anywhere;esto no nos lleva a ninguna parte this isn't getting us anywhere;2.000 pesos no van a ninguna parte 2,000 pesos won't get you far;en todas partes cuecen habas it's the same wherever you go4. [bando] side;estar/ponerse de parte de alguien to be on/to take sb's side;¿tú de qué parte estás? whose side are you on?;es pariente mío por parte de padre he's related to me on my father's side;tener a alguien de parte de uno to have sb on one's sideno hubo acuerdo entre las partes the two sides were unable to reach an agreement;las partes interesadas the interested partiesla parte acusadora the prosecution;parte compradora buyer;parte contratante party to the contract;parte vendedora sellerpartes pudendas private parts;recibió un balonazo en sus partes a ball hit him in the privatestraigo un paquete de parte de Juan I've got a parcel for you from Juan;venimos de parte de la compañía de seguros we're here on behalf of the insurance company, we're from the insurance company;de parte de tu madre, que vayas a comprar leche your mother says for you to go and buy some milk;dale recuerdos de mi parte give her my regards;fue muy amable/generoso de tu parte it was very kind/generous of you;¿de parte de (quién)? [al teléfono] who's calling, please?;de un tiempo a esta parte for some time now;de un mes/unos años a esta parte for the last month/last few years* * *I m report;dar parte a alguien inform s.o.;dar parte file a reportII f1 trozo part;en parte partly;en gran parte largely;la mayor parte de the majority of, most of;formar parte de form part of;tomar parte en take part in;tener parte en algo play a part in sth;la parte del león the lion’s share;ir por partes do a job in stages o bit by bit;llevar la mejor/peor parte be at an advantage/a disadvantage2 JUR party;partes contratantes contracting parties, parties to the contract3 ( lugar):alguna parte somewhere;en cualquier parte anywhere;otra parte somewhere else;en opor todas partes everywhere;en ninguna parte nowhere;conducir a ninguna parte fig be going nowhere;en otra parte elsewhere4:de parte de on o in behalf of5:por parte de madre/padre on one’s mother’s/father’s side;estar de parte de alguien be on s.o.’s side;ponerse de parte de alguien take s.o.’s side;por una parte … por otra parte on the one hand … on the other (hand)6:por otra parte moreover7:desde un tiempo a esta parte up to now, up until now* * *parte nm: report, dispatchparte nf1) : part, share2) : part, placeen alguna parte: somewherepor todas partes: everywhere3) : party (in negotiations, etc.)4)de parte de : on behalf of5)¿de parte de quién? : may I ask who's calling?6)tomar parte : to take part* * *parte n1. (en general) part¿de qué parte de Inglaterra eres? which part of England are you from?2. (a favor de) side¿de parte de quién estás? whose side are you on?a ninguna parte nowhere / not... anywherede parte de... from...¿de parte de quién? who's calling?poner de tu parte to do your share / to do your bit -
17 zu
Präp. (+ Dat)1. räumlich, Richtung: to, toward(s); bis zu up to; zu jemandem gehen go and ( oder to) see s.o.; zu Tal fahren, gleiten etc.: downhill; Boden 2, Kopf 2 etc.2. räumlich, Lage: at, in; zu Berlin in ( amtlich: at) Berlin; der Dom zu Köln Cologne Cathedral; zu ebener Erde at ground level; zu jemandes Füßen at s.o.’s feet; zu Hause at home; zu beiden Seiten des Rheins on both sides of the Rhine; zu Wasser und zu Lande on land and at sea; Gasthof zu den drei Eichen the Three Oaktrees (Inn)3. zeitlich, Zeitpunkt: at; Zeitraum: over; Anlass: for; noch zehn Minuten ( bis) zu... another ten minutes before...; zu Beginn at the beginning; zu Weihnachten at Christmas; schenken etc.: for Christmas; Lebzeiten4. (für) Zweck, Ziel: for; zu etw. gut sein be good for s.th.; Stoff zu einem Kleid material for a dress5. Ergebnis ausdrückend: (in)to; es kam zu einem Skandal it blew up into a scandal, a scandal resulted; zu Asche verbrennen burn to ashes; zu etw. werden turn into s.th.; Person: auch become s.th.; zu meiner Freude / Überraschung to my delight / surprise6. Beziehung ausdrückend: for; thematisch: about, on; sich äußern zu say s.th. about; gehören zu belong to; gemein / nett zu nasty / nice to; passen zu suit; der Schlüssel zur Gartentür the key to the garden door; Liebe / Zuneigung zu jemandem love / affection for s.o.; aus Freundschaft zu ihr out of friendship for her7. Zusammensein: (mit) with; (hinzu) to; sich zu jemandem setzen sit with s.o., join s.o., sit (down) next to s.o.; Brot zum Ei essen have bread with one’s egg; Zucker zum Kaffee nehmen take sugar in one’s coffee; zu alledem kommt noch hinzu, dass... and on top of all that...9. Menge, Zahl, Häufigkeit, Verhältnis etc.: in; nur zu einem kleinen Teil only to a small extent; ein Potenzial, das nur zu einem kleinen Teil genutzt wird a potential only a small part of which is actually used; zu zweit nebeneinander gehen walk along two by two; sie kamen zu sechst six of them came; zu hunderten oder Hunderten in hundreds; es ist zu 20% / einem Viertel falsch 20% / a quarter of it is incorrect; ein Fass zu 50 Litern a 50-lit|re (Am. -er) barrel; zehn Karten zu zwei Euro (а, je) ten tickets at two euros (a ticket); insgesamt: ten tickets for two euros—Adv.1. (übermäßig) too; zu sehr too much; zu sehr betonen overemphasize; das Loch ist zu groß, als dass man es noch flicken könnte the hole is too big to be mended; ( viel) zu viel / viele (far oder much) too much / many; einer etc. zu viel one etc. too many; einmal zu viel once too often; ein gutes Gehalt wäre zu viel gesagt a good salary would be a bit of an overstatement; ich krieg zu viel! umg. well blow me down!; was zu viel ist, ist zu viel! enough is enough!; zu wenig not enough, too little (Pl. few); viel zu wenig not nearly enough, far too little (Pl. few); einer etc. zu wenig one etc. short, one etc. too few; du isst zu wenig you don’t eat enough, you need to eat more2. umg. (sehr) too, so, terribly; zu niedlich! how terribly sweet!; das ist ja zu nett! (sehr nett) that’s really very nice!; iro. (sehr gemein) how terribly nice (of you)!; (sehr ärgerlich) a fine thing, I must say!3. umg.: immer oder nur zu! go on!; na, dann ( mal) zu! OK, go ahead; beim Aufbruch: OK, let’s go, off we (bzw. you) go then—I Adj. umg.II Adv. (Ggs. offen) closed, shut; Augen zu! close your eyes; Tür zu! shut the door!—Konj.1. (+ Inf.): ich habe zu arbeiten I’ve got work to do; es ist nicht zu übersehen it can’t be overlooked; gut zu gebrauchen sein be perfectly usable; ich erinnere mich, ihn gesehen zu haben I remember seeing him; auch im Wort: auszuhalten sein be bearable2. (+ Part. Präs.): ein sorgfältig zu erwägender Plan a plan requiring careful consideration; auch im Wort: die auszuwechselnden Fahrzeugteile the parts to be exchanged* * *at (Präp.); on (Präp.); upon (Präp.); too (Adv.); to (Präp.); unto (Präp.); for (Präp.); into (Präp.);(geschlossen) closed (Adj.)* * *[tsuː]1. PRÄPOSITION (+dat)1) örtlich: Richtung, Ziel tozur Stadtmitte gehen — to go to the town centre (Brit) or center (US)
zum Bäcker/Arzt gehen — to go to the baker's/doctor's
zum Militär gehen, zu den Soldaten gehen — to join the army, to join up
zu jdm/etw hinaufsehen — to look up at sb/sth
zu jdm herübersehen/hinübersehen — to look across at sb
zum Fenster herein/hinaus — in (at)/out of the window
zur Tür hinaus/herein — out of/in the door
2) örtlich: Lage bei Stadt inzu Frankfurt (old) — in Frankfurt
der Dom zu Köln — the cathedral in Cologne, Cologne cathedral
zu seiner Linken saß... (geh) — on his left sat...
3) zeitlich atzu früher/später Stunde — at an early/late hour
(bis) zum 15. April/Donnerstag/Abend — until 15th April/Thursday/(this) evening
die Zahlung ist zum 15. April fällig — the payment is due on 15th April
zum 31. Mai kündigen — to give in (Brit) or turn in (US) one's notice for 31st May
4)Zusammengehörigkeit, Begleitung, Zusatz
Wein zum Essen trinken — to drink wine with one's mealzur Gitarre singen — to sing to (Brit) or with (US) a/the guitar
Vorwort/Anmerkungen zu etw — preface/notes to sth
zu dem kommt noch, dass ich... — on top of that I...
5) Zweck, Bestimmung forPapier zum Schreiben — paper to write on, writing paper
zur Einführung... — by way of (an) introduction...
zu seiner Entschuldigung muss man sagen... — in his defence (Brit) or defense (US) one must say...
zu seiner Entschuldigung sagte er... — by way of apology he said...
zu nichts taugen, zu nichts zu gebrauchen sein — to be no use to anyone (inf)
6)etw zum Geburtstag/zu Weihnachten bekommen — to get sth for one's birthday/for Christmaszu Ihrem 60. Geburtstag — on your 60th birthday
zu dieser Frage möchte ich Folgendes sagen — my reply to this question is as follows, on this I would like to say the following
"Zum Realismusbegriff" — "On the Concept of Realism"
7)Folge, Umstand
zu seinem Besten — for his own goodzu meiner Schande/Freude etc — to my shame/joy etc
es ist zum Weinen — it's enough to make you cry, it makes you want to cry
8)Mittel, Art und Weise
zu Fuß/Pferd — on foot/horseback9) Veränderung intozu etw werden — to turn into sth; (Mensch auch) to become sth
jdn/etw zu etw machen — to make sb/sth (into) sth
10) = als aser machte sie zu seiner Frau, er nahm sie zur Frau — he made her his wife
11)Verhältnis, Beziehung
Liebe zu jdm — love for sbVertrauen zu jdm/etw — trust in sb/sth
12)im Vergleich zu — in comparison with, compared with3:2 — the score is 3-2 or (gesprochen) three-two
See:13)wir verkaufen die Gläser jetzt das Stück zu 99 Cent — we're selling the glasses now at or for 99 cents each
zum Ersten..., zum Zweiten... (Aufzählung) — first..., second...
zum Ersten, zum Zweiten, zum Dritten (bei Auktion) — for the first time, for the second time, for the third time
See:→ vier, bis14)zu wem wollen Sie? — who do you want?zu wem sprechen Sie morgen bei der Konferenz? — who will you be speaking to or who will you be addressing at the conference tomorrow?
15)der Graf zu Ehrenstein — the Count of Ehrenstein16)getrenntes "dazu" inf
da komme ich nicht zu — I can't get (a)round to itSee:→ dazu17)zum Beispiel — for examplezum Lobe von jdm/etw — in praise of sb/sth
zur Beurteilung/Einsicht — for inspection
zur Probe/Ansicht — on trial/approval
2. ADVERB1) = allzu toosie liebte ihn zu sehr, als dass sie ihn verraten hätte — she loved him too much to betray him
2) = geschlossen shut, closedauf/zu (an Hähnen etc) — on/off
Tür zu! (inf) — shut the door
3)= los, weiter inf
dann mal zu! — right, off we go!du wolltest mir was vorsingen, dann mal zu — you wanted to sing me something? OK, go ahead
ihr seid auf dem richtigen Wege, nur zu! — you're on the right track, just keep going
schreie nur zu, es hilft doch nichts! — scream then, but it won't do any good!
lauft schon zu, ich komme nach — you go on, I'll catch you up
4) örtlich toward(s)See:→ ab3. ADJEKTIV(= geschlossen inf) Tür, Geschäft, Kiste etc shut; Kleid, Verschluss done upSee:→ zu sein4. BINDEWORT1) mit Infinitiv tojdm befehlen or den Auftrag erteilen, etw zu tun — to order sb to do sth
das Material ist noch/nicht mehr zu gebrauchen — the material is still/is no longer usable
ich habe noch zu arbeiten — I have still got (esp Brit) or I still have some work to do
ich komme, um mich zu verabschieden — I've come to say goodbye
2)noch zu bezahlende Rechnungen — outstanding billsdas sind alles nur winzige, leicht zu übersehende Punkte — these are just small points that can easily be overlooked
der zu prüfende Kandidat, der zu Prüfende — the candidate to be examined
* * *1) (position: They are not at home; She lives at 33 Forest Road) at2) (direction: He looked at her; She shouted at the boys.) at3) (to the state or condition of: A tadpole turns into a frog; I've sorted the books into piles.) into4) (towards: They marched on the town.) on5) ((moving, facing etc) in the direction of: He walked toward the door; She turned towards him.) towards6) ((moving, facing etc) in the direction of: He walked toward the door; She turned towards him.) toward7) (towards; in the direction of: I cycled to the station; The book fell to the floor; I went to the concert/lecture/play.) to8) (sometimes used to introduce the indirect object of a verb: He sent it to us; You're the only person I can talk to.) to9) (used in expressing various relations: Listen to me!; Did you reply to his letter?; Where's the key to this door?; He sang to (the accompaniment of) his guitar.) to10) to11) (showing the purpose or result of an action etc: He came quickly to my assistance; To my horror, he took a gun out of his pocket.) to12) (used instead of a complete infinitive: He asked her to stay but she didn't want to.) to13) (into a closed or almost closed position: He pulled/pushed the door to.) to14) (an old word for `to'.) unto* * *zu[tsu:]1. (wohin: Ziel) to\zum Schwimmbad geht es da lang! the swimming pool is that way!fahr mich bitte \zur Arbeit/Kirche/Schule please drive me to work/church/schoolwie weit ist es von hier \zum Bahnhof? how far is it from here to the train station?wie komme ich [von hier] \zur Post? how do I get [from here] to the post office?ich muss gleich \zum Arzt/ \zum Bäcker/ \zum Supermarkt I must go to the doctor's/baker's/supermarketmorgen gehe ich \zu Rainer I'm going to see Rainer tomorrow\zu Bett gehen (geh) to go to bed\zum Militär gehen to join the army\zum Theater gehen to go on the stage [or into the theatre]2. (wohin: Richtung)das Zimmer liegt \zur Straße hin the room looks out onto the streetder Kerl vom Nachbartisch sieht dauernd \zu uns rüber the bloke at the next table keeps looking across at us\zur Decke sehen to look [up] at the ceiling\zum Fenster hinaus/herein out of/in through the window\zur Tür hinaus/herein out of/in through the door\zum Himmel weisen to point heavenwards [or up at the heavens]\zu jdm/etw hinaufsehen to look up at sb/sth\zum Meer/zur Stadtmitte hin towards the sea/town centre3. (wohin: neben)▪ \zu jdm/etw next to sb/sthdarf ich mich \zu Ihnen setzen? may I sit next to [or beside] you?setz dich \zu uns [come and] sit with uslegen Sie \zu den Tellern bitte jeweils eine Serviette put one serviette next to each platesie ist schon \zu Bett she's already gone to bed\zu Hause at home\zu jds Rechten/Linken on sb's right/left [hand side]jdm \zur Seite sitzen (geh) to sit at sb's side5. (wo: vor Eigennamen, Ortnamen)der Dom \zu Köln the cathedral in Cologne, Cologne cathedralder Graf \zu Blaubeuren the Count of Blaubeurender Gasthof \zum blauen Engel the Blue Angel Innder Reichstag \zu Worms (hist) the Diet of Worms6. wann: Zeitpunkt at\zum 1. Januar fällig due on January 1stes muss [bis] zum Abend/14. März fertig sein it must be finished by this evening/March 14th\zum Wochenende fahren wir weg we are going away at [or AM on] the weekend\zu früher/später Stunde at an early/late hour\zu Mittag at [or by] midday/noon\zum Monatsende kündigen to give in one's notice for [or to take effect from] the end of the month\zu Ostern/Pfingsten/Weihnachten at Easter/Whitsun/Christmas7. (wann, wozu: Anlass)eine Feier \zum Jahrestag der Revolution a celebration to mark the anniversary of the revolution\zum Frühstück trinkt sie immer Tee she always has tea at breakfastetw \zum Geburtstag/ \zu Weihnachten bekommen to get sth for one's birthday/for Christmasjdm \zu etw gratulieren to congratulate sb on sth\zu Ihrem 80. Geburtstag möchte ich Ihnen herzlichst gratulieren I'd like to congratulate you on the occasion of your 80th birthday8. (worüber: Thema)\zu dieser Frage möchte ich Folgendes sagen to this question I should like to say the followingwas sagst du \zu diesen Preisen? what do you say to these prices?eine Rede \zum Thema Umwelt a speech on the subject of the environmentjdn \zu etw vernehmen to question sb about sth9. (wozu: Zweck, Ziel)der Knopf \zum Abstellen the off-buttonPapier \zum Schreiben paper to write on, writing paperWasser \zum Trinken drinking waterwir haben nichts \zum Essen we have nothing to eatgib dem Kind doch etwas \zum Spielen give the child something to play withauf die Reise habe ich mir etwas \zum Lesen mitgenommen I've brought something to read on the tripbei dem Regenwetter habe ich keine Lust \zum Wandern I don't fancy walking if it is rainingdas Zeichen \zum Aufbruch the signal to leave\zum Arzt geboren sein to be born to be a doctorsie sagte das nur \zu seiner Beruhigung she said that just to set his mind at rest\zur Ansicht on approval\zur Einsicht for inspection\zur Einführung... by way of an introduction...\zu seiner Entschuldigung/ \zur Erklärung in apology/explanation, by way of an apology/explanationjdn \zum Essen einladen to invite sb for a meal\zum Gedächtnis von jdm in memory of sb, in sb's memory\zu Hilfe! help!jdm \zu Hilfe kommen to come to sb's aid\zum Lobe von jdm/etw in praise of sb/sth\zu nichts taugen [o zu gebrauchen sein] to be no use at all\zur Probe as a trial [or test]\zur Unterschrift for signature [or signing]\zu was (fam) for what, why\zu was soll das gut sein? what do you need that for?, what is that for?10. (als was)er nahm sie \zur Frau he took her as his wifeetw \zur Antwort geben to say sth in reply\zum Beispiel for example\zur Belohnung as a reward\zur Strafe as a punishment▪ jdn/etw \zum Vorbild nehmen to take sb/sth as one's example, to model oneself on sb/sth\zur Warnung as a warning11. (womit zusammen: Begleitung)mögen Sie Milch/Zucker \zum Kaffee? do you take your coffee white [or with milk]/with sugar?\zu Lachs passt kein Rotwein red wine does not go with salmonetw \zu etw tragen to wear sth with sth12. (zu was: Zugehörigkeit)\zu den Lehrbüchern gehören auch Kassetten there are cassettes to go with the text bookswo ist der Korken \zu der Flasche? where is the cork for this bottle?mir fehlt nur der Schlüssel \zu dieser Tür I've only got to find the key to this door13. (wie: Umstand, Art und Weise)sie erledigt alles \zu meiner Zufriedenheit she does everything to my complete satisfactiondie Firma verkauft alles \zu niedrigsten Preisen the company sells everything at rock-bottom pricesdu hast dich \zu deinem Vorteil verändert you've changed for the betterdas ist ja \zum Lachen that's ridiculous [or really funny]das ist \zum Weinen it's enough to make you want to cry [or weep]\zu jds Bestem/Vorteil sein to be for one's own good/to one's advantage\zu Deutsch (veraltend) in German\zum Glück luckily14. (wie: Fortbewegungsart)\zu Fuß/Pferd on foot/horseback\zu Fuß gehen Sie etwa 20 Minuten it will take you about 20 minutes on foot\zu Schiff (veraltet) by ship [or sea15. (zu was: Ergebnis eines Vorgangs)\zu Asche verbrennen to burn to ashesEiweiß \zu Schnee schlagen to beat the egg white until stiffKartoffeln \zu einem Brei zerstampfen to mash potatoes\zum Erliegen/Stehen kommen to come to rest/a haltetw \zu Pulver zermahlen to grind sth [in]to powder\zu etw werden to turn into [or become] sthmanch einer wird aus Armut \zum Dieb often it is poverty that turns sb into a thiefwieder \zu Staub werden to [re]turn to duster ist \zum Kapitän befördert worden he was promoted to captainsie wurde \zur Vorsitzenden gewählt she was elected chairmanjdn \zu etw ernennen to nominate sb for sthjdn/etw \zu etw machen to make sb/sth into sther machte sie \zu seiner Frau he made her his wife17. (zu wem: Beziehung)meine Beziehung \zu ihr my relationship with herLiebe \zu jdm love for sbaus Freundschaft \zu jdm because of one's friendship with sbVertrauen \zu jdm/etw trust in sb/sth18. (wie: im Verhältnis zu) in relation [or proportion] toim Verhältnis 1 \zu 4 MATH in the ratio of one to fourunsere Chancen stehen 50 \zu 50 our chances are fifty-fiftyim Vergleich \zu... in comparison with..., compared to...19. SPORTBayern München gewann mit 5 \zu 1 Bayern Munich won five-onedas Fußballspiel ging unentschieden 0 \zu 0 aus the football match ended in a nil-nil draw\zu drei Prozent at three percentdiese Äpfel habe ich \zu ein Euro das Stück gekauft I bought these apples for [or at] one euro eachsechs [Stück] \zu fünfzig Cent six for fifty cents\zum halben Preis at half pricewir sind \zu fünft in den Urlaub gefahren five of us went on holiday togethersie kommen immer \zu zweit those two always come as a pairder Pulli ist nur \zur Hälfte fertig the jumper is only half finishedhast du das Buch nur \zu einem Viertel gelesen? have you only read a quarter of the book?\zum ersten Mal for the first time\zum Ersten..., \zum Zweiten firstly..., secondly\zum Ersten, \zum Zweiten, \zum Dritten (bei Auktionen) going once, going twice, sold\zur Hauptsache mainly\zum Rechten schauen to look to the right\zum Voraus in front of\zum Vorn[e]herein from in frontII. ADVERB1. (allzu) tooich wäre \zu gern mitgefahren I would have loved to have gone along\zu sehr too mucher hat sich nicht \zu sehr bemüht he didn't try too [or very] harddas ist einfach \zu dumm! that's really too stupid!dem Ausgang \zu towards the exitnach hinten/vorne \zu towards the back/front4. (fam: weiter, los)dann mal \zu! go ahead!, off we goschimpf nur \zu, es hilft doch nichts go on, scream, it won't do any goodmach \zu! hurry up!, get a move on!lauf schon \zu, ich komme nach you go on [or go on ahead], I'll catch upIII. ADJEKTIVTür \zu, es zieht! shut the door, there's a draught!dreh den Wasserhahn \zu! turn the tap off![mach die] Augen \zu, ich hab da was für dich close your eyes, I've got sth for you\zu haben [o sein] to be shut [or closed]vor der \zunen Tür stehen (sl) to stand in front of the closed door▪ \zu sein:sie ist total \zu you can't get through to herIV. KONJUNKTION1. mit Infinitiv towas gibt es heute Mittag \zu essen? what are we having for lunch today?ohne es \zu wissen without knowing it▪ jd hat etw \zu tun:ich habe \zu arbeiten I have some work to dosie hat \zu gehorchen she has to obey [or do as she is told]ich habe heute einiges \zu erledigen I have got a few things to do today▪ etw ist \zu tun:die Rechnung ist bis Freitag \zu bezahlen the bill has to be paid by Fridaydieser Auftrag ist unverzüglich \zu erledigen this task must be completed straight away▪ um etw \zu tun:ich komme, um mich \zu verabschieden I have come to say goodbye2. mit Partizipda sind noch einige \zu bezahlende Rechnungen there are some outstanding billses gibt verschiedene noch \zu kaufende Gegenstände some things still have to be boughtder \zu Prüfende the candidate to be examinednicht \zu unterschätzende Probleme problems [that are] not to be underestimated* * *1.1) (Richtung) tozu... hin — towards...
er kommt zu mir — (besucht mich) he is coming to my place
2) (zusammen mit) withdas passt nicht zu Bier/zu dem Kleid — that doesn't go with beer/with that dress
3) (Lage) atzu seiner Linken — (geh.) on his left
der Dom zu Speyer — (veralt.) Speyer Cathedral
das Gasthaus ‘Zu den drei Eichen’ — the Three Oaks Inn
4) (zeitlich) at5) (Art u. Weise)zu meiner Zufriedenheit/Überraschung — to my satisfaction/surprise
zu seinem Vorteil/Nachteil — to his advantage/disadvantage; (bei Mengenangaben o. Ä)
zu Dutzenden/zweien — by the dozen/in twos
sie sind zu einem Drittel/zu 50 % arbeitslos — a third/50 % of them are jobless
zu einem großen Teil — largely; to a large extent
das Ergebnis war 2 zu 1 — the result was 2-1 or 2 to 1
7) (einen Preis zuordnend) at; forfünf Briefmarken zu fünfzig [Cent] — five 50-cent stamps
9) (Zweck) for10) (Ziel, Ergebnis) into11) (über) about; on12) (gegenüber)2.1) (allzu) tooer ist zu alt, um diese Reise zu unternehmen — he is too old to undertake this journey
das ist ja zu schön/komisch! — that's really wonderful/hilarious!; that's too wonderful/hilarious for words!
2) nachgestellt (Richtung) towards3) (ugs.)Augen/Tür zu! — shut your eyes/the door!
4) (ugs.): (Aufforderung)3.nur zu! — (fang/fangt an!) get going!; get down to it!; (mach/macht weiter!) get on with it!
1) (mit Infinitiv) toHaus zu verkaufen/vermieten — house for sale/to let
2) (mit 1. Part.)die zu erledigende Post — the letters pl. to be dealt with
* * *zu1 präp (+dat)1. räumlich, Richtung: to, toward(s);bis zu up to;zu jemandem gehen go and ( oder to) see sb;2. räumlich, Lage: at, in;der Dom zu Köln Cologne Cathedral;zu ebener Erde at ground level;zu jemandes Füßen at sb’s feet;zu Hause at home;zu beiden Seiten des Rheins on both sides of the Rhine;zu Wasser und zu Lande on land and at sea;Gasthof zu den drei Eichen the Three Oaktrees (Inn)noch zehn Minuten (bis) zu … another ten minutes before …;zu Beginn at the beginning;4. (für) Zweck, Ziel: for;zu etwas gut sein be good for sth;Stoff zu einem Kleid material for a dress5. Ergebnis ausdrückend: (in)to;es kam zu einem Skandal it blew up into a scandal, a scandal resulted;zu Asche verbrennen burn to ashes;zu etwas werden turn into sth; Person: auch become sth;zu meiner Freude/Überraschung to my delight/surprisesich äußern zu say sth about;gehören zu belong to;gemein/nett zu nasty/nice to;passen zu suit;der Schlüssel zur Gartentür the key to the garden door;Liebe/Zuneigung zu jemandem love/affection for sb;aus Freundschaft zu ihr out of friendship for hersich zu jemandem setzen sit with sb, join sb, sit (down) next to sb;Brot zum Ei essen have bread with one’s egg;Zucker zum Kaffee nehmen take sugar in one’s coffee;zu alledem kommt noch hinzu, dass … and on top of all that …8. Art und Weise:zu Fuß on foot;zu Pferd kommen come on horseback;zu Deutsch in German9. Menge, Zahl, Häufigkeit, Verhältnis etc: in;nur zu einem kleinen Teil only to a small extent;ein Potenzial, das nur zu einem kleinen Teil genutzt wird a potential only a small part of which is actually used;zu zweit nebeneinandergehen walk along two by two;sie kamen zu sechst six of them came;Hunderten in hundreds;es ist zu 20%/einem Viertel falsch 20%/a quarter of it is incorrect;ein Fass zu 50 Litern a 50-litre (US -er) barrel;zehn Karten zu zwei Euro (à, je) ten tickets at two euros (a ticket); insgesamt: ten tickets for two euros10. Zahlenverhältnis:11. Adelsprädikat:zu2 adv1. (übermäßig) too;zu sehr too much;zu sehr betonen overemphasize;das Loch ist zu groß, als dass man es noch flicken könnte the hole is too big to be mended;(viel) zu viel/viele (far oder much) too much/many;einer etczu viel one etc too many;einmal zu viel once too often;ein gutes Gehalt wäre zu viel gesagt a good salary would be a bit of an overstatement;ich krieg zu viel! umg well blow me down!;was zu viel ist, ist zu viel! enough is enough!;zu wenig not enough, too little (pl few);viel zu wenig not nearly enough, far too little (pl few);einer etcdu isst zu wenig you don’t eat enough, you need to eat more2. umg (sehr) too, so, terribly;zu niedlich! how terribly sweet!;das ist ja zu nett! (sehr nett) that’s really very nice!; iron (sehr gemein) how terribly nice (of you)!; (sehr ärgerlich) a fine thing, I must say!3. umg:nur zu! go on!;4. Richtung:nach Norden zu toward(s) the north; zeitlich:gegen … zu toward(s)zu3A. adj umg1.zu sein Fenster, Mund etc: be closed, be shut;2.3.zu sein (ausgebucht) Flug: be full4.B. adv (Ggs offen) closed, shut;Augen zu! close your eyes;Tür zu! shut the door!zu4 konj1. (+inf):ich habe zu arbeiten I’ve got work to do;es ist nicht zu übersehen it can’t be overlooked;gut zu gebrauchen sein be perfectly usable;ich erinnere mich, ihn gesehen zu haben I remember seeing him; auch im Wort:auszuhalten sein be bearable2. (+ ppr):ein sorgfältig zu erwägender Plan a plan requiring careful consideration; auch im Wort:die auszuwechselnden Fahrzeugteile the parts to be exchanged* * *1.1) (Richtung) tozu... hin — towards...
er kommt zu mir — (besucht mich) he is coming to my place
2) (zusammen mit) withdas passt nicht zu Bier/zu dem Kleid — that doesn't go with beer/with that dress
3) (Lage) atzu seiner Linken — (geh.) on his left
der Dom zu Speyer — (veralt.) Speyer Cathedral
das Gasthaus ‘Zu den drei Eichen’ — the Three Oaks Inn
4) (zeitlich) at5) (Art u. Weise)zu meiner Zufriedenheit/Überraschung — to my satisfaction/surprise
zu seinem Vorteil/Nachteil — to his advantage/disadvantage; (bei Mengenangaben o. Ä)
zu Dutzenden/zweien — by the dozen/in twos
sie sind zu einem Drittel/zu 50 % arbeitslos — a third/50 % of them are jobless
zu einem großen Teil — largely; to a large extent
das Ergebnis war 2 zu 1 — the result was 2-1 or 2 to 1
7) (einen Preis zuordnend) at; forfünf Briefmarken zu fünfzig [Cent] — five 50-cent stamps
9) (Zweck) for10) (Ziel, Ergebnis) into11) (über) about; on12) (gegenüber)2.1) (allzu) tooer ist zu alt, um diese Reise zu unternehmen — he is too old to undertake this journey
das ist ja zu schön/komisch! — that's really wonderful/hilarious!; that's too wonderful/hilarious for words!
2) nachgestellt (Richtung) towards3) (ugs.)Augen/Tür zu! — shut your eyes/the door!
4) (ugs.): (Aufforderung)3.nur zu! — (fang/fangt an!) get going!; get down to it!; (mach/macht weiter!) get on with it!
1) (mit Infinitiv) toHaus zu verkaufen/vermieten — house for sale/to let
2) (mit 1. Part.)die zu erledigende Post — the letters pl. to be dealt with
* * *adv.too adv. konj.for conj. präp.at prep.to prep.toward prep.towards prep.unto prep. -
18 ὁ
ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,A demonstr. Pronoun.B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dualτοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
;τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
;τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
;τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
;τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
;τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, the former,Pl.
Prt. 359e, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
;τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν orὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ;τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. ;τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
;οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite,ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
;νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a correspondingὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. byἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ;ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf.μέν D.
III ;γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
;τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
;ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν andδέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
;ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
;οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc.,καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ;τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.VIII abs. usages of single cases,1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; :—only poet.c of Manner, in this way, thus,Od.
8.510.d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: withoutμέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
;τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; alsoτὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
;τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ;τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; : in late Prose, also with Positives,ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; withπάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst., the hindmost man,Il.
11.178 ;τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
;τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
;τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also inτῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs.,τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.;τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
;τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; .b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
;πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.b freq. with abstract Nouns,ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
;ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
;τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.7 before Prons.,a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst., that sort of person,X.
Mem.4.2.21, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,πολύς 11.3
, etc.II elliptic expressions:1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, asτὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν;ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., asκἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.);ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, asκλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ;Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.);Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);τῷ S.Ph.14
; , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. -
19 idea
f.1 idea (concepto, ocurrencia).buena/mala idea good/bad ideahacerse una idea de algo to get an idea of somethinghacerse a la idea de que to get used to the idea thatno tengo ni idea (de) I don't have a clue (about)tener ideas de bombero (figurative) to have wild o crazy ideas (peninsular Spanish)tener idea de cómo hacer algo to know how to do somethingtener una ligera idea to have a vague ideaidea brillante brilliant idea, brainwaveidea fija obsessionser una persona de ideas fijas to be a person of fixed ideas2 intention.con la idea de with the idea o intention oftener idea de hacer algo to intend to do somethinga mala idea maliciously3 impression.cambiar de idea to change one's mindpres.indicat.3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: idear.* * *1 idea2 (noción) notion3 (ingenio) imagination\cambiar de idea to change one's minddarle ideas a alguien to put ideas in somebody's headhacer algo a mala idea to do something on purpose, do something deliberatelyhacerse a la idea de algo to get used to the idea of something, accept somethingllevar idea de to intend to, have the intention of¡ni idea! no idea!, not a clue!no te puedes hacer una idea you have no ideano tener ni idea familiar to have no idea, not have a clueser de ideas fijas to be narrow-minded, have very fixed ideastener ideas de bombero to have funny ideas, have madcap ideastener mala idea familiar to be a nasty piece of workidea fija fixed idealigera idea vague ideamala idea evil intention* * *noun f.1) idea2) notion* * *SF1) (=concepto) ideatenía una idea falsa de mí — he had a false impression of me, he had the wrong idea about me
•
formarse una idea de algo — to form an impression of sth•
hacerse una idea de algo — to get an idea of sthhacerse una idea equivocada de algn — to get a false impression of sb, get the wrong idea about sb
preconcebidohazte a la idea de que no va a volver nunca — you'd better get used to the idea that she's never coming back
2) (=sugerencia) idea¡qué idea! ¿por qué no vamos a Marruecos? — I've got an idea! why don't we go to Morocco?
•
idea brillante, idea genial — brilliant idea, brainwave3) (=intención) idea, intentionmi idea era salir temprano — I had intended to leave early, my idea o intention was to leave early
•
cambiar de idea — to change one's mindsalió del país con una idea fija: no volver nunca — he left the country with one fixed idea: never to return
•
ir con la idea de hacer algo — to mean to do sthno iba nunca con la idea de perjudicar a nadie — it was never his intention to harm anybody, he never meant to harm anybody
•
tiene muy mala idea — his intentions are not good, he's a nasty piece of work *•
metérsele una idea en la cabeza a algn, cuando se le mete una idea en la cabeza no hay quien se la saque — once he gets an idea into his head no one can talk him out of it•
tener idea de hacer algo — [en el pasado] to mean to do sth; [en el futuro] to be thinking of doing sthtenía idea de traerme varias botellas de vodka — I meant o I was meaning to bring some bottles of vodka
4) (=conocimiento) idea-¿a qué hora llega Sara? -no tengo ni idea — "what time is Sara arriving?" - "I've got no idea"
¡ni idea! — no idea!
•
tener idea de algo — to have an idea of sth¿tienes idea de la hora que es? — do you have any idea of the time?
¡no tienes idea de las ganas que tenía de verte! — you have no idea how much I wanted to see you!
•
no tener la menor idea — not to have the faintest o the foggiest ideapajolero 1), remoto 3)cuando me fui a Alemania no tenía la menor idea de alemán — when I went to Germany I couldn't speak a word of German
5) pl ideas (=opiniones) ideas•
una persona de ideas conservadoras/liberales/radicales — a conservative/liberal/radical-minded person* * *1)a) ( concepto) ideala idea de libertad — the idea o concept of freedom
b) (opinión, ideología) ideac) ( noción) ideadarse idea para algo — (RPl fam) to be good at something
hacerse (a) la idea de algo — to get used to the idea of something
2)a) ( ocurrencia) ideano sería buena/mala idea — it wouldn't be a good/bad idea
idea de bombero — (Esp fam) crazy idea
b) ( intención) intention, ideac) ( sugerencia) idea•* * *= idea, insight, notion, perspective, point, thought, conception, rationality, inkling, perception.Ex. Analytical cataloguing is valuable in respect of any type of media, but many of ideas have been tested most thoroughly in the context of monographs and serials.Ex. The human indexer works mechanically and rapidly; he should require no insight into the document content.Ex. A focus conveys the key or principal notion of a concept.Ex. It is easy to see that users and separate pieces of literature may hold different perspectives on one subject.Ex. Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.Ex. Amongst these are numbered: some specific legal and governmental works, such as laws, decrees, treaties; works that record the collective thought of a body, for example, reports of commissions and committees; and various cartographic materials.Ex. Different conceptions of what subject indexing means are described.Ex. A model of how librarians may actually go about book selection is presented in three ways: rationality; tacit knowledge; and symbolic content.Ex. Her experience with many children has shown that often they can repeat sentences and read quite well without any inkling of what they are saying.Ex. Nevertheless, citation indexes do seek to link documents according to their content (or at least the perception of their content held by the author of the source work).----* acariciar la idea de = toy with + idea of, flirt with + the idea of.* aceptar una idea = accept + notion, deal with + concept.* aclarar las ideas de Uno = clarify + Posesivo + mind.* acoger con ahínco la idea de = seize upon + the idea of.* acostumbrarse a una idea = get used to + idea, deal with + concept.* adquirir una idea = gain + impression.* aferrarse a una idea = hold fast to + idea.* aludir a una idea = allude to + idea.* aportación de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.* aportar ideas = contribute + ideas, brainstorm.* apoyar la idea = endorse + the idea.* apoyar una idea = favour + idea.* atraer la idea de = fancy + the idea of.* bombardeo de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.* cambio de idea = change of heart, change of mind.* cantera de ideas = hotbed.* casarse con una idea = wed to + view.* compartir ideas = share + ideas, share + thoughts, bounce off + ideas.* compartir ideas con Alguien = bounce + ideas off + Nombre.* compartir las ideas = pool + ideas.* composición por confrontación de ideas = brain-writing.* concebir una idea = conceive + idea.* confrontación de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.* confrontar ideas = brainstorm.* con sólo una mínima idea de = with only the sketchiest idea of.* contar las ideas a Alguien = run + ideas + past + Pronombre.* contrastar ideas = brainstorm.* contraste de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming].* contribución de ideas = input of ideas.* con una idea muy superficial sobre = with only a sketchy idea of.* corroborar una idea = substantiate + point.* criticar las ideas de Alguien = trample on + Posesivo + ideas.* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.* dar ideas = offer + clues.* dar la idea = give + the impression that.* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.* debatir una idea = discuss + idea.* deducir una idea = draw + idea.* defender + Posesivo + idea = support + Posesivo + case.* defender una idea = champion + idea.* de ideas afines = like-minded.* desaprobar una idea = disapprove of + the idea of.* desarrollar una idea = amplify + idea.* descartar una idea = dismiss + idea, discount + notion.* difundir una idea = spread + view, spread + an idea, circulate + Posesivo + idea.* discutir una idea = float + concept.* echar por tierra una idea = crush + idea.* empezar a gustar la idea = warm up to + the idea.* entusiasmarse con la idea = warm up to + the idea.* erradicar falsas ideas = erase + misconceptions.* erradicar una falsa ide = dispel + idea.* escaso de ideas = short of ideas.* estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.* estar convencido de la idea de que = be committed to the idea that.* estar de acuerdo con una idea = subscribe to + idea.* expresar ideas = express + thoughts, put over + ideas.* extraer una idea = draw + idea.* falto de ideas = short of ideas.* germen de una idea = germ of an idea.* gustar la idea de = fancy + the idea of.* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.* hacer prevaler las ideas y valores de uno mismo = assert + own ideas and values.* hacer realidad una idea = follow through on/with + Posesivo + idea.* hacerse a una idea = deal with + concept.* hacerse una idea = form + impression, get + an inkling.* hacerse una idea de = catch + glimpse, glean + indication, glean + picture, have + an inkling of.* hacerse una idea mejor de = glean + insights.* hacer valer una idea = enforce + idea.* idea abstracta = abstract idea.* idea + aparecer = idea + surface.* idea aproximada = rough idea.* idea arraigada = ingrained attitude.* idea brillante = bright idea.* idea buena = cool idea.* idea central = focal point.* idea clara = clear idea.* idea cultural = meme.* idea + dar forma = idea + shape.* idea de reforma = reform idea.* idea estrafalaria = outlandish idea.* idea falsa = misconception, misperception, bogus idea, illusion.* idea favorita = pet idea.* idea + forjar = idea + shape.* idea fundamental = keynote.* idea general = rough idea.* idea genial = brain child [brainchild].* idea incoherente = disjointed idea.* idea loca = wild thought.* idea nueva = fresh idea.* idea original = brain child [brainchild].* idea pensada a posteriori = afterthought.* idea peregrina = outlandish idea.* idea preconcebida = preconception.* idea principal = drift.* idea reciclada = retread [re-tread].* ideas = food for thought, strands of thought.* idea secundaria = side issue.* ideas políticas = politics.* ideas principales = significant ideas.* idea + surgir = idea + come up.* ilustrar una idea = illustrate + point.* inspirar ideas = spark off + ideas.* intercambiar ideas = compare + notes, exchange + ideas, bounce off + ideas.* intercambiar ideas con Alguien = bounce + ideas off + Nombre.* intercambio de ideas = exchange of ideas, fertilisation [fertilization, -USA], cross-fertilisation [cross-fertilization, -USA], cross-fertilisation of ideas.* la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.* lanzar una idea = pilot + idea.* machacar un idea = squash + idea.* mencionar una idea = bring up + idea.* ¡ni idea! = beats me!.* no captar la idea = miss + the point.* no estar de acuerdo con la idea de = disapprove of + the idea of.* no pillar la idea = miss + the point.* no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.* no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.* no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.* no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.* no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.* no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.* nueva idea = reform idea.* obtener una idea = get + a sense of, gain + a sense of.* obtener una idea de = get + a taste of.* ocurrirse a Alguien una idea = hit on/upon + idea.* ocurrírsele a Alguien una idea = think up + idea.* ocurrírsele la idea = come up with + idea.* pensar en una idea = think up + idea.* perpetuar una idea preconcebida = perpetuate + preconception.* plantear una idea = raise + idea.* plasmar una idea en la realidad = translate + idea into + reality.* poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.* poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.* presentar una idea = make + point, put forward + idea, offer + perspective, present + idea.* probar una idea = test + idea.* profundizar en una idea = carry + argument + one step further.* promover una idea = promote + idea, pioneer + idea.* proponer una idea = advance + proposition, advance + idea, put forward + idea.* quitar la idea = wipe away + idea.* recalcar una idea = hammer + point.* rechazar una idea = turn + idea + down.* reforzar una idea = reinforce + idea, reinforce + notion, strengthen + the view.* refutar una idea = quarrel with + notion.* replantearse las ideas = rethink + Posesivo + ideas.* representar una idea = dramatise + idea.* sacar a colación una idea = bring up + idea.* ser la idea central de = be at the core of, be at the heart of.* ser partidario de una idea = favour + idea.* sin idea = clueless.* sin ideas preconcebidas = open mind.* sin la menor idea = clueless.* sopesar una idea = weigh + idea.* sugerir ideas = contribute + ideas, brainstorm.* sugerir una idea = advance + proposition, suggest + idea, float + concept.* suscribir una idea = subscribe to + idea.* tener idea = have + a clue.* tener una idea = gain + impression, capture + glimpse, get + a sense of, have + an inkling of, gain + a sense of, have + a clue.* tener una idea de = gain + idea of.* tormenta de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.* una idea general = a rough guide.* unas cuantas ideas = a rough guide.* utilizar las ideas de (Alguien) = draw on/upon + Posesivo + ideas.* * *1)a) ( concepto) ideala idea de libertad — the idea o concept of freedom
b) (opinión, ideología) ideac) ( noción) ideadarse idea para algo — (RPl fam) to be good at something
hacerse (a) la idea de algo — to get used to the idea of something
2)a) ( ocurrencia) ideano sería buena/mala idea — it wouldn't be a good/bad idea
idea de bombero — (Esp fam) crazy idea
b) ( intención) intention, ideac) ( sugerencia) idea•* * *= idea, insight, notion, perspective, point, thought, conception, rationality, inkling, perception.Ex: Analytical cataloguing is valuable in respect of any type of media, but many of ideas have been tested most thoroughly in the context of monographs and serials.
Ex: The human indexer works mechanically and rapidly; he should require no insight into the document content.Ex: A focus conveys the key or principal notion of a concept.Ex: It is easy to see that users and separate pieces of literature may hold different perspectives on one subject.Ex: Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.Ex: Amongst these are numbered: some specific legal and governmental works, such as laws, decrees, treaties; works that record the collective thought of a body, for example, reports of commissions and committees; and various cartographic materials.Ex: Different conceptions of what subject indexing means are described.Ex: A model of how librarians may actually go about book selection is presented in three ways: rationality; tacit knowledge; and symbolic content.Ex: Her experience with many children has shown that often they can repeat sentences and read quite well without any inkling of what they are saying.Ex: Nevertheless, citation indexes do seek to link documents according to their content (or at least the perception of their content held by the author of the source work).* acariciar la idea de = toy with + idea of, flirt with + the idea of.* aceptar una idea = accept + notion, deal with + concept.* aclarar las ideas de Uno = clarify + Posesivo + mind.* acoger con ahínco la idea de = seize upon + the idea of.* acostumbrarse a una idea = get used to + idea, deal with + concept.* adquirir una idea = gain + impression.* aferrarse a una idea = hold fast to + idea.* aludir a una idea = allude to + idea.* aportación de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.* aportar ideas = contribute + ideas, brainstorm.* apoyar la idea = endorse + the idea.* apoyar una idea = favour + idea.* atraer la idea de = fancy + the idea of.* bombardeo de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.* cambio de idea = change of heart, change of mind.* cantera de ideas = hotbed.* casarse con una idea = wed to + view.* compartir ideas = share + ideas, share + thoughts, bounce off + ideas.* compartir ideas con Alguien = bounce + ideas off + Nombre.* compartir las ideas = pool + ideas.* composición por confrontación de ideas = brain-writing.* concebir una idea = conceive + idea.* confrontación de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.* confrontar ideas = brainstorm.* con sólo una mínima idea de = with only the sketchiest idea of.* contar las ideas a Alguien = run + ideas + past + Pronombre.* contrastar ideas = brainstorm.* contraste de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming].* contribución de ideas = input of ideas.* con una idea muy superficial sobre = with only a sketchy idea of.* corroborar una idea = substantiate + point.* criticar las ideas de Alguien = trample on + Posesivo + ideas.* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.* dar ideas = offer + clues.* dar la idea = give + the impression that.* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.* debatir una idea = discuss + idea.* deducir una idea = draw + idea.* defender + Posesivo + idea = support + Posesivo + case.* defender una idea = champion + idea.* de ideas afines = like-minded.* desaprobar una idea = disapprove of + the idea of.* desarrollar una idea = amplify + idea.* descartar una idea = dismiss + idea, discount + notion.* difundir una idea = spread + view, spread + an idea, circulate + Posesivo + idea.* discutir una idea = float + concept.* echar por tierra una idea = crush + idea.* empezar a gustar la idea = warm up to + the idea.* entusiasmarse con la idea = warm up to + the idea.* erradicar falsas ideas = erase + misconceptions.* erradicar una falsa ide = dispel + idea.* escaso de ideas = short of ideas.* estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.* estar convencido de la idea de que = be committed to the idea that.* estar de acuerdo con una idea = subscribe to + idea.* expresar ideas = express + thoughts, put over + ideas.* extraer una idea = draw + idea.* falto de ideas = short of ideas.* germen de una idea = germ of an idea.* gustar la idea de = fancy + the idea of.* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.* hacer prevaler las ideas y valores de uno mismo = assert + own ideas and values.* hacer realidad una idea = follow through on/with + Posesivo + idea.* hacerse a una idea = deal with + concept.* hacerse una idea = form + impression, get + an inkling.* hacerse una idea de = catch + glimpse, glean + indication, glean + picture, have + an inkling of.* hacerse una idea mejor de = glean + insights.* hacer valer una idea = enforce + idea.* idea abstracta = abstract idea.* idea + aparecer = idea + surface.* idea aproximada = rough idea.* idea arraigada = ingrained attitude.* idea brillante = bright idea.* idea buena = cool idea.* idea central = focal point.* idea clara = clear idea.* idea cultural = meme.* idea + dar forma = idea + shape.* idea de reforma = reform idea.* idea estrafalaria = outlandish idea.* idea falsa = misconception, misperception, bogus idea, illusion.* idea favorita = pet idea.* idea + forjar = idea + shape.* idea fundamental = keynote.* idea general = rough idea.* idea genial = brain child [brainchild].* idea incoherente = disjointed idea.* idea loca = wild thought.* idea nueva = fresh idea.* idea original = brain child [brainchild].* idea pensada a posteriori = afterthought.* idea peregrina = outlandish idea.* idea preconcebida = preconception.* idea principal = drift.* idea reciclada = retread [re-tread].* ideas = food for thought, strands of thought.* idea secundaria = side issue.* ideas políticas = politics.* ideas principales = significant ideas.* idea + surgir = idea + come up.* ilustrar una idea = illustrate + point.* inspirar ideas = spark off + ideas.* intercambiar ideas = compare + notes, exchange + ideas, bounce off + ideas.* intercambiar ideas con Alguien = bounce + ideas off + Nombre.* intercambio de ideas = exchange of ideas, fertilisation [fertilization, -USA], cross-fertilisation [cross-fertilization, -USA], cross-fertilisation of ideas.* la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.* lanzar una idea = pilot + idea.* machacar un idea = squash + idea.* mencionar una idea = bring up + idea.* ¡ni idea! = beats me!.* no captar la idea = miss + the point.* no estar de acuerdo con la idea de = disapprove of + the idea of.* no pillar la idea = miss + the point.* no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.* no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.* no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.* no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.* no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.* no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.* nueva idea = reform idea.* obtener una idea = get + a sense of, gain + a sense of.* obtener una idea de = get + a taste of.* ocurrirse a Alguien una idea = hit on/upon + idea.* ocurrírsele a Alguien una idea = think up + idea.* ocurrírsele la idea = come up with + idea.* pensar en una idea = think up + idea.* perpetuar una idea preconcebida = perpetuate + preconception.* plantear una idea = raise + idea.* plasmar una idea en la realidad = translate + idea into + reality.* poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.* poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.* presentar una idea = make + point, put forward + idea, offer + perspective, present + idea.* probar una idea = test + idea.* profundizar en una idea = carry + argument + one step further.* promover una idea = promote + idea, pioneer + idea.* proponer una idea = advance + proposition, advance + idea, put forward + idea.* quitar la idea = wipe away + idea.* recalcar una idea = hammer + point.* rechazar una idea = turn + idea + down.* reforzar una idea = reinforce + idea, reinforce + notion, strengthen + the view.* refutar una idea = quarrel with + notion.* replantearse las ideas = rethink + Posesivo + ideas.* representar una idea = dramatise + idea.* sacar a colación una idea = bring up + idea.* ser la idea central de = be at the core of, be at the heart of.* ser partidario de una idea = favour + idea.* sin idea = clueless.* sin ideas preconcebidas = open mind.* sin la menor idea = clueless.* sopesar una idea = weigh + idea.* sugerir ideas = contribute + ideas, brainstorm.* sugerir una idea = advance + proposition, suggest + idea, float + concept.* suscribir una idea = subscribe to + idea.* tener idea = have + a clue.* tener una idea = gain + impression, capture + glimpse, get + a sense of, have + an inkling of, gain + a sense of, have + a clue.* tener una idea de = gain + idea of.* tormenta de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.* una idea general = a rough guide.* unas cuantas ideas = a rough guide.* utilizar las ideas de (Alguien) = draw on/upon + Posesivo + ideas.* * *A1 (concepto) ideala idea de libertad the idea o concept of freedomla idea de un dios único the idea o notion of a single God2 (opinión, ideología) ideasus ideas políticas his political beliefs o ideases de ideas bastante conservadoras she has fairly conservative ideas o viewses un hombre de ideas fijas he has very set ideas about thingsyo no soy de la misma idea I don't agree, I don't share your opinion3 (noción) ideano tiene idea de cómo funciona he has no idea how it worksno tenía ni idea de todo esto I had no idea about any of thisno tengo idea no idea! o I don't have a clueno tenía ni la más remota idea or ( Esp fam) ni pajolera idea she didn't have the slightest idea, she didn't have the faintest o foggiest idea ( colloq)tenía idea de que ibas a llamar I had a feeling you'd callno tienes idea de lo que he sufrido you have no idea how much I've sufferedpara darse or hacerse una idea de la situación to give oneself o to get an idea of the situationes difícil hacerse una idea de cómo es si no lo has visto it's hard to imagine what it's like if you haven't seen itesto es sólo una idea del proyecto this is just a general idea of the projectse da mucha idea para cocinar she's a very good cookhacerse (a) la idea de algo: ya me voy haciendo (a) la idea de vivir allí I am getting used to the idea of living there nowno se hace (a) la idea de que está muerto she can't accept the fact that he's deadB1 (ocurrencia) idease me ocurre or tengo una idea I've got an idea¡qué ideas se te ocurren! you really o sure get some funny ideas! ( colloq)se le metió la idea en la cabeza de ir a escalar la montaña she got it into her head to go and climb the mountainno sería mala idea hacer las reservas hoy it wouldn't be a bad idea to make the reservations today¡quítate esa idea de la cabeza! you can get that idea out of your head!2 (intención) intention, ideano fui con esa idea I didn't go with that idea in mind o with that intentionmi idea era terminarlo hoy my intention was to finish it today, I had intended to finish it todaycambió de idea y tomó el tren she changed her mind and took the trainno han abandonado la idea de ir al parque they haven't given up the idea of going to the park3 (sugerencia) ideaideas para el hogar ideas for the homeescriban sus ideas en un papelito please write your suggestions o ideas on a piece of paperCompuesto:fixed idea, idée fixeC* * *
Del verbo idear: ( conjugate idear)
idea es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
idea
idear
idea sustantivo femenino
idea;◊ la idea de libertad the idea o concept of freedom;
es de ideas fijas he has very set ideas about things;
no tiene idea de cómo funciona he has no idea how it works;
no tengo idea I don't have a clue;
hacerse una idea de la situación to get an idea of the situation;
se me ocurre una idea I've got an idea;
cambió de idea she changed her mind;
hacerse (a) la idea de algo to get used to the idea of sth
idea sustantivo femenino
1 idea
idea fija, fixed idea
2 (representación, concepto) idea: la simple idea de volver a verle me pone nervioso, the very thought of seeing him again makes me all jittery
(noción) idea: para que te hagas una idea..., so that you can get an idea...
tiene muy poca idea de lo que cuesta, she has very little idea of what it costs
3 (opinión, juicio) idea, opinion: te lo advierto, ésta no es la idea que yo tengo de la diversión, mind you, that's not my idea of fun
tiene ideas peligrosas sobre el poder, he has dangerous ideas about power
cambiar de idea, to change one's mind
4 (intención) intention
a mala idea, on purpose
5 (proyecto, plan, ocurrencia) idea: teme que le roben la idea, she's afraid someone might steal her idea
vino con la idea de ir a la playa, she came with the idea of going to the beach
exclamación ¡vaya una idea!, the very idea!
♦ Locuciones: hacerse a la idea de, to get used to the idea of
familiar no tener ni idea, to have no idea o not to have a clue: no tenía ni idea de que hubieras regresado, I had no idea that you were back
(ser ignorante) no tengo ni (la más remota/puñetera) idea de fútbol, I haven't got a clue about football
ideas de bombero, absurd ideas
idear verbo transitivo
1 (un invento, diseño) to devise, invent
2 (una teoría, un plan) to think up, conceive
' idea' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abandono
- acariciar
- acierto
- acoger
- acogida
- advertir
- aferrarse
- añadidura
- anticipo
- borrosa
- borroso
- bosquejar
- bosquejo
- buena
- bueno
- cabeza
- cambiar
- chifladura
- concepto
- confusa
- confuso
- convencer
- cosa
- decir
- definida
- definido
- desechar
- desterrar
- dónde
- exclusión
- flor
- formarse
- fríamente
- gestarse
- gustar
- hacerse
- hoy
- impracticable
- inicialmente
- intención
- irse
- leve
- luminosa
- luminoso
- madurar
- menor
- mentalizarse
- neta
- neto
- noción
English:
abandon
- adjust
- advance
- afterthought
- amusement
- appealing
- assumption
- barmy
- better
- brainstorm
- brainwave
- brilliant
- bring forward
- bristle
- catch
- catch on
- change
- cling
- clue
- come up with
- conception
- confused
- convey
- crazy
- daft
- daring
- dated
- defunct
- dismiss
- distinct
- downside
- drift
- embody
- embrace
- face
- faint
- fall in with
- fanciful
- fasten on to
- flirt
- fluid
- foggy
- fundamental
- get across
- get through
- hit on
- hit upon
- idea
- idiotic
- illusion
* * *idea nf1. [concepto] idea;la idea del bien y del mal the concept of good and evil;yo tenía otra idea de Estados Unidos I had a different image of the United States;tiene una idea peculiar de lo que es la honradez he has a funny idea of (what's meant by) honesty;hazte a la idea de que no va a venir you'd better start accepting that she isn't going to come;no conseguía hacerme a la idea de vivir sin ella I couldn't get used to the idea of living without her;con lo que me has dicho ya me hago una idea de cómo es la escuela from what you've told me I've got a pretty good idea of what the school is like;no me hago una idea de cómo debió ser I can't imagine what it must have been likeidea fija obsession;ser una persona de ideas fijas to be a person of fixed ideas2. [ocurrencia] idea;una buena/mala idea a good/bad idea;ha sido muy buena idea escoger este restaurante it was a very good idea to choose this restaurant;se le ve falto de ideas en su última novela he seems short of ideas in his latest novel;lo que contaste me dio la idea para el guión what you said to me gave me the idea for the script;se me ocurre una idea, podríamos… I know what, we could…;¿a quién se le habrá ocurrido la idea de apagar las luces? can you believe it, somebody's gone and turned the lights out!;¡más vale que te quites esa idea de la cabeza! you can forget that idea!;cuando se le mete una idea en la cabeza… when he gets an idea into his head…;Esptener ideas de bombero to have wild o crazy ideas3. [conocimiento, nociones] idea;la policía no tenía ni idea de quién pudo haber cometido el crimen the police had no idea who could have committed the crime;no tengo ni idea I haven't got a clue;no tengo ni idea de física I don't know the first thing about physics;Esp muy Fam Vulgno tengo ni puta idea I haven't got a fucking clue;Fam¡ni idea! [como respuesta] search me!, I haven't got a clue!;tener idea de cómo hacer algo to know how to do sth;tener una ligera idea to have a vague idea;por la forma en que maneja las herramientas se ve que tiene idea from the way she's handling the tools, you can tell she knows what she's doing;¡no tienes idea o [m5] no puedes hacerte una idea de lo duro que fue! you have no idea o you can't imagine how hard it was!4. [propósito] intention;nuestra idea es volver pronto we intend to o our intention is to return early;con la idea de with the idea o intention of;tener idea de hacer algo to intend to do sth;a mala idea maliciously;¡mira que tienes mala idea! that's really nasty of you!5. [opinión] opinion;mi idea de ella era totalmente errónea I had completely the wrong impression of her;no tengo una idea formada sobre el tema I don't have a clear opinion on the subject;cambiar de idea to change one's mind;yo soy de la idea de que mujeres y hombres deben tener los mismos derechos I'm of the opinion that men and women should have equal rights;somos de la misma idea we agree, we're of the same opinion6.ideas [ideología] ideas;mi padre es de ideas progresistas my father is a progressive o has progressive attitudes;fue perseguido por sus ideas he was persecuted for his beliefs o ideasle tengo idea a eso that drives me nuts;si te vas a poner el vestido con idea, mejor ponete otra cosa if you're not sure about the dress, you'd do better to wear something else* * *f idea;dar (una) idea de algo give an idea of sth;hacerse a la idea de que … get used to the idea that …;no tener ni idea not have a clue* * *idea nf1) : idea, notion2) : opinion, belief3) propósito: intention* * *idea n idea¡qué buena idea! what a good idea!no tengo ni idea I have no idea / I haven't got a clue -
20 tirar
v.1 to throw.tirar algo a algo/alguien to throw something to something/somebody (para que lo agarre) to throw something at something/somebody (para hacer daño)tírame una manzana throw me an appleElla tira bolas She throws balls.2 to drop (dejar caer) (object).3 to knock over (derribar) (botella, lámpara).4 to throw away.tirar algo a la basura to throw something awayeso es tirar el dinero that's a complete waste of money5 to fire (disparar) (bala, misil).tirar una foto to take a picture6 to play (jugar) (carta).7 to take (sport) (falta, penalti).tirar a gol to shoot, to have a shot at goal8 to print.La imprenta tiró la primera edición The printer printed the first edition.9 to fail (informal) (suspender).10 to shoot.tirar a matar to shoot to kill11 to have a pull (informal) (atraer).me tira la vida del campo I feel drawn toward life in the countrytirar de algo to attract something12 to draw (cigarrillo, chimenea).13 to go, to work (informal) (funcionar).14 to go, to head.tira por esa calle go up o take that street15 to (have one's) go.16 to kick (sport) (con el pie).17 to last.18 to knock down, to break down, to batter down.La policía tiró la puerta The police broke down the door.19 to pull.El tractor tira fuerte The tractor pulls hard.* * *1 (echar) to throw, fling2 (dejar caer) to drop3 (desechar) to throw away4 (derribar) to knock down; (casa, árbol) to pull down5 (derramar) to spill6 (vaso, botella) to knock over7 (estirar) to pull8 (imprimir) to print9 (hacer - foto) to take; (línea, plano) to draw12 DEPORTE to take13 figurado (malgastar) to waste, squander1 (cuerda, puerta) to pull (de, -)2 (carreta, carro) to draw (de, -)3 (atraer) to draw, attract4 (estufa, chimenea) to draw5 (en juegos) to be a player's move, be a player's turn6 familiar (funcionar) to work, run8 (quedar estrecho) to be tight on11 figurado (inclinarse) to be attracted (a/hacia, to), be drawn (a/hacia, to)12 figurado (parecerse) to take after (a, -)14 figurado (mantenerse) to get by, get along15 (disparar) to shoot, fire1 (lanzarse) to throw oneself, hurl oneself3 (tumbarse) to lie down5 argot (fornicar) to lay (a, -)\a todo tirar figurado at the most, at the latesttira y afloja figurado give and taketirar al blanco to shoot at a targettirar a alguien de la lengua figurado to draw somebody outtirar de cartera to dip into one's wallettirar la casa por la ventana figurado to spare no expense, push the boat outtirar la primera piedra figurado to cast the first stonetirar una moneda al aire to toss a cointirarse de cabeza al agua to dive into the water* * *verb1) to throw, hurl, toss2) throw away3) shoot, fire4) pull, draw5) attract6) print•- tirar a
- tirar de la cadena
- tirar para* * *Para las expresiones como tirar de la lengua, tirar de la manta, tirar por la borda, tirar por tierra, ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO TRANSITIVO1) (=lanzar) to throwtirar algo a algn — [para que lo coja] to throw sth to sb; [para hacer daño] to throw sth at sb
2) (=derribar) [+ edificio] to pull down; [+ jarrón, silla, estatua] to knock over; [+ pared, verja] to knock downvan a tirar la casa — they are going to demolish {o} pull down the house
¡abre, o tiro la puerta abajo! — open up, or I'll break the door down!
3) (=dejar caer) to drop4) (=desechar) to throw awayno tires las sobras, que se las voy a dar al perro — don't throw away the leftovers, I'll give them to the dog
no tires el aceite por el sumidero — don't tip {o} pour the oil down the drain
estos pantalones están para tirarlos — these trousers have had it, these trousers are about ready for the dustbin
5) (=malgastar) [+ dinero] to waste; [+ fortuna] to squanderhas tirado el dinero comprando eso — it was a waste of money buying that, you wasted your money buying that
6) (=disparar) [+ tiro] to fire; [+ flecha] to shoot; [+ cohete] to launch, fireel aparato tira el proyectil a 2.000m — the machine throws the projectile 2,000m
7) [+ foto] to take8) (=dar, pegar)la mula le tiró una coz — the mule kicked him {o} gave him a kick
¡mamá, Carlos me ha tirado un mordisco! — Carlos has bitten me, Mum!
9) (Tip) (=imprimir) to print, run off10) (=trazar) [+ línea] to draw, trace11) * (=suspender)ya me han vuelto a tirar en química — I've failed chemistry again, I've flunked chemistry again ( esp EEUU) *
12) And (=usar) to use14)• tirarla [de] — † (=dárselas de) to fancy oneself as, pose as
2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) [haciendo fuerza]a) (=traer hacia sí) to pull¡tira un poco más fuerte! — pull a bit harder!
•
tirar [de] — [+ soga, cuerda] to pull¡no le tires de la trenza a tu hermana! — don't pull your sister's pigtail!
tirar de la cadena (del wáter) — to flush the toilet, pull the chain
b) (=llevar tras sí)•
tirar [de] — to pullun burro tiraba de la carreta — a donkey was pulling the cart along, the cart was drawn by a donkey
2) * (=atraer)no le tira el estudio — studying does not appeal to him, studying holds no attraction for him
3) (=estar tirante) [ropa] to be tight4) (=usar)•
tirar [de] — [+ espada, navaja] to drawtiramos de diccionario y lo traducimos en un minuto — * if we use a dictionary it will just take a minute to translate
5) (=disparar) to shoot¡no tires! — don't shoot!
•
tirar al [blanco] — to aim•
tirar a [matar] — to shoot to kill6) (Dep) [con balón] to shoot; [con fichas, cartas etc] to go, play¡tira! — shoot!
•
tirar a [puerta] — Esp to shoot at goal7) * (=arreglárselas) to get byir tirando — to get by, manage
-¿qué tal esa salud? -vamos tirando — "how's your health?" - "we're getting by"
8) (=funcionar) [motor] to pull; [chimenea, puro] to draw, pull9) (=ir) to go¡tira de una vez! — get on with it!, go on, then!
tirar por una calle — to turn down a street, go off along a street
10) * (=durar) to last11) [seguido de preposición]tirar a (=tender)tirar para (=aspirar a ser)es mediocre tirando a malo — it's middling to bad, it's mediocre verging on bad
12)nos queda gasolina para 20km a todo tirar — we have only enough petrol for 20kms at the most {o} at the outside
13) LAm *** [sexualmente] to screw ***3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) ( arrojar) to throwno tires los papeles al suelo — don't throw o drop the wrappers on the ground
tirarle algo a alguien — ( para que lo agarre) to throw somebody something; ( con agresividad) to throw something at somebody
b) (desechar, deshacerse de) to throw out o awayc) ( desperdiciar) to waste2)a) ( hacer caer) to knock overcuidado, que vas a tirar la leche! — be careful, you're going to knock the milk over!
tiró el jarrón al suelo de un codazo — he knocked the vase off the table (o shelf etc) with his elbow
b) ( derribar) to knock down3)b) < foto> to take4) (AmL) ( atrayendo hacia sí) to pull5) (Impr) to print, run off6) (Mat) < línea> to draw2.tirar vi1) ( atrayendo hacia sí) to pull2) ( atraer)3)a) ( disparar) to shootb) (Dep) to shoottirar al arco (AmL) or (Esp) a puerta — to shoot at goal
tirando por lo bajo/alto — at the (very) least/most
c) (Jueg) ( descartarse) to throw away; ( en juegos de dados) to throw; ( en dardos) to throw; ( en bolos) to bowl4)a) chimenea/cigarro to drawb) coche/motor to pull5)a) (fam) ( arreglárselas) to get bycon $100 podemos tirar — with $100 we could get by
b) tirando gerundio (fam)¿qué tal andas? - tirando... — how are things? - not too bad
6) (Esp fam) ( desplazarse)vamos, tira — get a move on
tira por esta calle abajo — go o turn down this street
7) (AmL vulg) ( en sentido sexual) to screw (vulg), to fuck (vulg)3.es de estatura normal, tirando a bajito — he's average to short in height
tirarse v pron1)a) (lanzarse, arrojarse) (+ compl) to throw oneselftirarse en paracaídas — to parachute; ( en emergencia) to bale out
tirarse al agua — to dive/jump into the water
tirarse de cabeza — to dive in, to jump in headfirst
b) (AmL) ( tumbarse) to lie downtirárselas de algo — (AmL fam)
2) (fam) <horas/días> to spend3) (vulg) ( en sentido sexual)tirarse a alguien — to screw somebody (vulg), to lay somebody (sl)
4) (fam) ( expulsar)tirarse un pedo — to fart (sl)
tirarse un eructo — to burp (colloq)
5) (Col fam) ( echar a perder) to ruinse tiró el examen — he flunked the exam (colloq)
* * *= dump, haul, run off, throw, throw out, throw away, tear down, toss out, fling, toss, pull down, knock down, jettison, pitch, turf out, toss away, hurl, chuck + Nombre + out.Ex. The books may simply be laid before the librarian as they are found, ' dumped in his lap', as one writer puts it.Ex. However, he would prefer a binding that will stand up to being stuffed into after-hours book drops and being hauled from one library to another.Ex. Not only are they the same work, they were run off from the same plates.Ex. The point to be made for the novice abstractor is that editors are not ghouls who must be thrown raw meat before a check is issued.Ex. The person who never throws away a newspaper is regarded as an eccentric; the person who never throws away a book is more likely to be regarded as a bibliophile no matter what the resulting motley assortment of books may be.Ex. A group opposing the incumbent alderman decided that the board's feasibility study amounted to a covert plan to tear down the house that served as the library and erect an ugly building.Ex. In preparation for computerization, let us not toss out old standards that were good.Ex. A gust of wind flung a powder of snow from the window-sill into the room.Ex. Everything being online, the exquisite oaken cabinets housing the card files were tossed.Ex. Evacuation of the building was followed by a recovery process which included covering stacks with plastic, locating damaged books, pulling down water-soaked ceiling tiles and removing computer terminals.Ex. Your note attempts to knock down an assertion not made.Ex. The whole usually has more meaning than the sum of its parts, but care must be taken not to jettison some of the more subtle parts.Ex. They pitched him unceremoniously out of the window, laming him for life, on a brick pavement below.Ex. You will be disliked and turfed out as a sacrificial goat once your job is done but there will be many others queuing up for your services.Ex. Palestinians hurled Molotov cocktails Friday at Israeli soldiers operating south of Nablus, the army said.Ex. Now to start chucking out stuff that I don't need; being a bit of a magpie, that might be difficult!.----* cuchillo de usar y tirar = disposable knife.* de tirar la piedra y esconder la mano = hit-and-run.* de usar y tirar = disposable, throwaway, single-use.* introducir tirando = haul in.* ir tirando = shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.* persona que tira basura al suelo = litterbug, litter lout.* plato de usar y tirar = disposable plate.* sacar tirando = haul out.* seguir tirando el dinero = throw + good money after bad.* servilleta de usar y tirar = disposable napkin.* tenedor de usar y tirar = disposable fork.* tirando a bajo = shortish.* tirando a corto = shortish.* tirando a marrón = brownish.* tirando a morado = purplish.* tirar a Alguien al suelo = knock + Nombre + to the ground, knock + Nombre + to the floor.* tirar a Alguien al suelo de un golpe = knock + Nombre + to the floor, knock + Nombre + to the ground.* tirar a lo bajo = low-ball.* tirar al suelo = upset.* tirar a matar = go for + the jugular, deadly force, shoot to + kill.* tirar bombas = bomb.* tirar de = pull (at/on/from), tug, pull back, lug, leverage.* tirar de la cadena = flush + the toilet.* tirar de la cisterna = flush + the toilet.* tirar de la manta = let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff, spill + the beans.* tirar de las orejas = tell + Nombe + off.* tirar del carro = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight, pull together, lend + a (helping) hand, put + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, set + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, muck in, pitch in.* tirar de una manivela = pull + lever.* tirar de una palanca = depress + lever.* tirar dinero y esfuerzo por la borda = be money and effort down the drain.* tirar el dinero = throw + Posesivo + money down the drain.* tirar el dinero por la ventana = be money and effort down the drain, throw + Posesivo + money down the drain, be money down the drain.* tirar la casa por la ventana = lash out (on), go to + town on.* tirar la esponja = throw in/up + the sponge.* tirar la toalla = throw in + the towel.* tirar ligeramente de = tug on.* tirar los tejos = flirt, throw + hints.* tirar piedras contra tu propio tejado = cut + the branch + you sit on, cut + the branch + you sit on, cut off + Posesivo + nose to spite + Posesivo + face.* tirar por el desagüe = pour down + the drain.* tirarse a la calle = go out on + the road.* tirarse a la jugular = go for + the jugular.* tirarse a la piscina = take + a dive.* tirarse a las calles = spill (out) into + the streets.* tirarse con ala delta = hang-glide.* tirarse de cabeza = jump in + head first, dive in, dive + head-first.* tirarse de las barbas = tear + Posesivo + hair out.* tirarse de los pelos = tear + Posesivo + hair out.* tirarse en paracaídas = parachute.* tirarse flores = blow + Posesivo + own trumpet.* tirarse piedras contra el propio tejado = shoot + Reflexivo + in the foot.* tirarse una plancha = put + Posesivo + foot in it, put + Posesivo + foot in + Posesivo + mouth, stick + Posesivo + foot in it, drop + a clanger, drop + a bollock, make + a blunder, make + a bloomer, blunder.* tirarse un eructo = belch, burp.* tirarse un farol = bullshit.* tirarse un pedo = fart, trump, break + wind, trumpet.* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) ( arrojar) to throwno tires los papeles al suelo — don't throw o drop the wrappers on the ground
tirarle algo a alguien — ( para que lo agarre) to throw somebody something; ( con agresividad) to throw something at somebody
b) (desechar, deshacerse de) to throw out o awayc) ( desperdiciar) to waste2)a) ( hacer caer) to knock overcuidado, que vas a tirar la leche! — be careful, you're going to knock the milk over!
tiró el jarrón al suelo de un codazo — he knocked the vase off the table (o shelf etc) with his elbow
b) ( derribar) to knock down3)b) < foto> to take4) (AmL) ( atrayendo hacia sí) to pull5) (Impr) to print, run off6) (Mat) < línea> to draw2.tirar vi1) ( atrayendo hacia sí) to pull2) ( atraer)3)a) ( disparar) to shootb) (Dep) to shoottirar al arco (AmL) or (Esp) a puerta — to shoot at goal
tirando por lo bajo/alto — at the (very) least/most
c) (Jueg) ( descartarse) to throw away; ( en juegos de dados) to throw; ( en dardos) to throw; ( en bolos) to bowl4)a) chimenea/cigarro to drawb) coche/motor to pull5)a) (fam) ( arreglárselas) to get bycon $100 podemos tirar — with $100 we could get by
b) tirando gerundio (fam)¿qué tal andas? - tirando... — how are things? - not too bad
6) (Esp fam) ( desplazarse)vamos, tira — get a move on
tira por esta calle abajo — go o turn down this street
7) (AmL vulg) ( en sentido sexual) to screw (vulg), to fuck (vulg)3.es de estatura normal, tirando a bajito — he's average to short in height
tirarse v pron1)a) (lanzarse, arrojarse) (+ compl) to throw oneselftirarse en paracaídas — to parachute; ( en emergencia) to bale out
tirarse al agua — to dive/jump into the water
tirarse de cabeza — to dive in, to jump in headfirst
b) (AmL) ( tumbarse) to lie downtirárselas de algo — (AmL fam)
2) (fam) <horas/días> to spend3) (vulg) ( en sentido sexual)tirarse a alguien — to screw somebody (vulg), to lay somebody (sl)
4) (fam) ( expulsar)tirarse un pedo — to fart (sl)
tirarse un eructo — to burp (colloq)
5) (Col fam) ( echar a perder) to ruinse tiró el examen — he flunked the exam (colloq)
* * *tirar(de)(v.) = pull (at/on/from), tug, pull back, lug, leverageEx: Do not push or pull on the disc drawer.
Ex: Do not pull a book from the shelf by forcefully tugging the top of the spine.Ex: The three monkeys used in this study chose the left arm as the leading arm to reach out and pull back a spring-loaded drawer containing a food morsel.Ex: He had a tough time lugging his lumpy, oversized travelbag onto the plane and stuffing it in the overhead bin.Ex: Information seeking in electronic environments will become a collaboration among end user and various electronic systems such that users leverage their heuristic power and machines leverage algorithmic power.= dump, haul, run off, throw, throw out, throw away, tear down, toss out, fling, toss, pull down, knock down, jettison, pitch, turf out, toss away, hurl, chuck + Nombre + out.Ex: The books may simply be laid before the librarian as they are found, ' dumped in his lap', as one writer puts it.
Ex: However, he would prefer a binding that will stand up to being stuffed into after-hours book drops and being hauled from one library to another.Ex: Not only are they the same work, they were run off from the same plates.Ex: The point to be made for the novice abstractor is that editors are not ghouls who must be thrown raw meat before a check is issued.Ex: The person who never throws away a newspaper is regarded as an eccentric; the person who never throws away a book is more likely to be regarded as a bibliophile no matter what the resulting motley assortment of books may be.Ex: A group opposing the incumbent alderman decided that the board's feasibility study amounted to a covert plan to tear down the house that served as the library and erect an ugly building.Ex: In preparation for computerization, let us not toss out old standards that were good.Ex: A gust of wind flung a powder of snow from the window-sill into the room.Ex: Everything being online, the exquisite oaken cabinets housing the card files were tossed.Ex: Evacuation of the building was followed by a recovery process which included covering stacks with plastic, locating damaged books, pulling down water-soaked ceiling tiles and removing computer terminals.Ex: Your note attempts to knock down an assertion not made.Ex: The whole usually has more meaning than the sum of its parts, but care must be taken not to jettison some of the more subtle parts.Ex: They pitched him unceremoniously out of the window, laming him for life, on a brick pavement below.Ex: You will be disliked and turfed out as a sacrificial goat once your job is done but there will be many others queuing up for your services.Ex: Palestinians hurled Molotov cocktails Friday at Israeli soldiers operating south of Nablus, the army said.Ex: Now to start chucking out stuff that I don't need; being a bit of a magpie, that might be difficult!.* cuchillo de usar y tirar = disposable knife.* de tirar la piedra y esconder la mano = hit-and-run.* de usar y tirar = disposable, throwaway, single-use.* introducir tirando = haul in.* ir tirando = shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.* persona que tira basura al suelo = litterbug, litter lout.* plato de usar y tirar = disposable plate.* sacar tirando = haul out.* seguir tirando el dinero = throw + good money after bad.* servilleta de usar y tirar = disposable napkin.* tenedor de usar y tirar = disposable fork.* tirando a bajo = shortish.* tirando a corto = shortish.* tirando a marrón = brownish.* tirando a morado = purplish.* tirar a Alguien al suelo = knock + Nombre + to the ground, knock + Nombre + to the floor.* tirar a Alguien al suelo de un golpe = knock + Nombre + to the floor, knock + Nombre + to the ground.* tirar a lo bajo = low-ball.* tirar al suelo = upset.* tirar a matar = go for + the jugular, deadly force, shoot to + kill.* tirar bombas = bomb.* tirar de = pull (at/on/from), tug, pull back, lug, leverage.* tirar de la cadena = flush + the toilet.* tirar de la cisterna = flush + the toilet.* tirar de la manta = let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff, spill + the beans.* tirar de las orejas = tell + Nombe + off.* tirar del carro = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight, pull together, lend + a (helping) hand, put + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, set + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, muck in, pitch in.* tirar de una manivela = pull + lever.* tirar de una palanca = depress + lever.* tirar dinero y esfuerzo por la borda = be money and effort down the drain.* tirar el dinero = throw + Posesivo + money down the drain.* tirar el dinero por la ventana = be money and effort down the drain, throw + Posesivo + money down the drain, be money down the drain.* tirar la casa por la ventana = lash out (on), go to + town on.* tirar la esponja = throw in/up + the sponge.* tirar la toalla = throw in + the towel.* tirar ligeramente de = tug on.* tirar los tejos = flirt, throw + hints.* tirar piedras contra tu propio tejado = cut + the branch + you sit on, cut + the branch + you sit on, cut off + Posesivo + nose to spite + Posesivo + face.* tirar por el desagüe = pour down + the drain.* tirarse a la calle = go out on + the road.* tirarse a la jugular = go for + the jugular.* tirarse a la piscina = take + a dive.* tirarse a las calles = spill (out) into + the streets.* tirarse con ala delta = hang-glide.* tirarse de cabeza = jump in + head first, dive in, dive + head-first.* tirarse de las barbas = tear + Posesivo + hair out.* tirarse de los pelos = tear + Posesivo + hair out.* tirarse en paracaídas = parachute.* tirarse flores = blow + Posesivo + own trumpet.* tirarse piedras contra el propio tejado = shoot + Reflexivo + in the foot.* tirarse una plancha = put + Posesivo + foot in it, put + Posesivo + foot in + Posesivo + mouth, stick + Posesivo + foot in it, drop + a clanger, drop + a bollock, make + a blunder, make + a bloomer, blunder.* tirarse un eructo = belch, burp.* tirarse un farol = bullshit.* tirarse un pedo = fart, trump, break + wind, trumpet.* * *tirar [A1 ]vtA1 (lanzar, arrojar) to throw¿quiénes estaban tirando piedras? who was throwing stones?tiró la colilla por la ventanilla she threw the cigarette butt out of the windowtiró la pelota al aire he threw the ball up in the airtiraban piedrecitas al río they were throwing stones into the riverno tires los papeles al suelo don't throw o drop the wrappers on the groundtirarle algo A algn (para que lo agarre) to throw sth TO sb, to throw sb sth; (con agresividad) to throw sth AT sble tiró la pelota she threw him the ball, she threw the ball to himtírame las llaves throw me the keysme tiró una piedra she threw a stone at mele tiraron un cubo de agua they threw a bucket of water over himle tiró los brazos he put o stretched his arms out to hertírale un beso blow him a kiss2 (desechar, deshacerse de) to throw out o awaytodo esto es para tirar all this can be thrown out o away, this is all going out ( colloq)estos zapatos ya están para tirar(los) these shoes are about ready to be thrown away o out¡que asco! tira eso inmediatemente a la basura ugh! throw that away right now!, ugh! put that in the garbage can ( AmE) o ( BrE) the bin right now!3 (desperdiciar) to waste¡qué manera de tirar el dinero! what a waste of money!B (dejar en desorden) (+ compl):no tiren los juguetes por todos lados don't leave o strew your toys all over the placese quitó la camisa y la tiró en un rincón he took off his shirt and threw it into a cornerC1 (hacer caer) to knock over¡cuidado, que vas a tirar la leche! be careful, you're going to knock the milk over!tiró el jarrón al suelo de un codazo he knocked the vase off the table ( o shelf etc) with his elbow2 (derribar) to knock downel perro se le echó encima y lo tiró al suelo the dog leaped up at him and knocked him to the ground o knocked him overtiró todos los bolos de una vez he knocked all the pins down in one govan a tirar (abajo) esta pared or van a tirar esta pared (abajo) they're going to knock this wall downtiraron la puerta abajo they broke the door downD1 ‹bomba› to drop; ‹cohete› to fire, launch; ‹flecha› to shoot; ‹tiros› to firele tiraron tres tiros they shot at him three times, they fired three shots at him2 ‹foto› to takeE (dar) ‹puñetazo› to throwtiraba puñetazos a diestra y siniestra he was throwing punches o lashing out left and right ( AmE) o ( BrE) left, right and centerel perro me tiró un mordisco the dog snapped at meno me tires más pellizcos stop pinching meF ( AmL) (atrayendo hacia sí) to pulltiró la cadena he pulled the chainno le tires el pelo don't pull his hairte voy a tirar las orejas I'm going to tweak your earsle tiraba la manga she was tugging o pulling at his sleeveG ( Impr) to print, run offH ( Mat) ‹línea› to drawI ( Chi)1 ‹carrera› to start, give the starting signal for2 ‹lotería› to draw the winning number in; ‹rifa› to draw■ tirarviA1 (atrayendo hacia sí) to pull¡vamos, tiren todos a una! come on, everybody pull together![ S ] tirar pulltirar DE algo to pull sthno le tires del pelo don't pull her hairdos caballos tiraban del carro the cart was drawn by two horsestirar de la cadena to pull the chainle tiró de la manga she tugged o pulled at his sleevele tiró de la oreja she tweaked his ear2 «vestido/blusa» to be (too) tightme tira it's too tight on meB(atraer): le sigue tirando México she still hankers after o misses Mexicono parece que le tiren mucho los deportes he doesn't seem to be very interested in o keen on sportla sangre tira blood is thicker than waterC1(disparar): le tiró a traición she shot him in the back¡no tiren! don't shoot!le tiró al corazón he shot him through the hearttirar a dar to shoot to wound ( not to kill)tirar a matar (literal) to shoot to kill(para ofender, atacar): cuando empieza a criticar, tira a matar when she starts criticizing you, she really goes for the jugular o she really sticks the knife in ( colloq)siempre que me dice algo, tira a matar whenever he says anything to me, he goes all out to hurt me2 ( Dep) to shoottirando por lo bajo/alto at the (very) least/most3 ( Jueg) (descartarse) to throw away, discard; (en juegos de dados) to throw; (en dardos) to throw; (en bolos) to bowlD1 «chimenea/cigarro» to draw2 «coche/motor» to pullE1 ( fam) (llegar, sobrevivir) to get bycon $100 podríamos tirar hasta fin de mes with $100 we could get by until the end of the monthcon este uniforme podrás tirar hasta fin de año this uniform will last you o ( colloq) will do you till the end of the year2 tirandoger ( fam): ¿qué tal andas? — ya lo ves, tirando … how are things? — well, you know, not too bad o we're getting byno ganamos mucho pero vamos tirando we don't earn much but we're managingFvamos, tira come on, get moving o get a move onsi tiras para atrás cabe otro coche if you back up o go back a bit we can get another car intira (p'alante), no te pares ahora keep going, don't stop nowhay mucho que hacer pero entre todos podemos tirar p'alante there's a lot to be done but if we all pull together we can get through ittira por esta calle abajo go o turn down this streeten cuanto nos vieron, tiraron por otro lado as soon as they saw us they went off in a different direction/they turned off up a different streetH tirar ano es verde, tira más bien a azul it's not green, it's more of a bluish colorlos precios son más bien tirando a caros the prices are a bit on the expensive o ( colloq) steep sideel erotismo de la película tiraba a pornográfico the eroticism in the film tended toward(s) o verged on the pornographiclos niños tiran más a la madre the children take after their mother morees de estatura normal, tirando a bajito he's average to short in height■ tirarseA1 (lanzarse, arrojarse) (+ compl) to throw oneselfse tiró por la ventana he threw himself o he leapt out of the windowtirarse en paracaídas to parachutetirarse al agua to dive/jump into the watertirarse del trampolín to dive off the springboardtirarse de cabeza to dive in, to jump in headfirstintentó tirarse del tren en marcha she tried to throw herself from o to jump off the train while it was movingse le tiró a los brazos she threw herself into his arms2 «coche/conductor» (+ compl) to pull overse tiró bruscamente a un lado he swerved to one side3 ( AmL) (tumbarse) to lie downestoy agotada, me voy a tirar un rato I'm exhausted, I'm going to lie down for a whileB ( fam); ‹horas/días› to spendnos hemos tirado media hora para encontrar la casa it's taken us half an hour to find the housese tiró dos años escribiéndolo he spent two years writing itse ha tirado una hora entera hablando por teléfono he's been on the phone for a whole hour, he's spent a whole hour on the phoneC ( vulg)D ( fam)tirarse un eructo to belch, to burp ( colloq)el aguacero se tiró el paseo the downpour washed out o ruined our walkse tiró el examen he flunked the exam ( colloq)* * *
tirar ( conjugate tirar) verbo transitivo
1
tirarle algo a algn ( para que lo agarre) to throw sb sth;
( con agresividad) to throw sth at sb
◊ ¡qué manera de tirar el dinero! what a waste of money!
2
3
‹ cohete› to fire, launch;
‹ flecha› to shoot
4 (AmL) ( atrayendo hacia sí) to pull;
verbo intransitivo
1 ( atrayendo hacia sí) to pull;
tirar de algo to pull sth;
2
b) (Dep) to shoot;
tirar al arco (AmL) or (Esp) a puerta to shoot at goal
( en juegos de dados) to throw;
( en dardos) to throw;
( en bolos) to bowl
3
4◊ tirando ger (fam): gano poco pero vamos tirando I don't earn much but we're managing;
¿qué tal andas? — tirando how are things? — not too bad
5
ella tira más a la madre she takes after her mother more
tirarse verbo pronominal
1
tirarse en paracaídas to parachute;
( en emergencia) to bale out;
tirarse de cabeza to dive in, to jump in headfirst
2 (fam) ‹horas/días› to spend;
3 (fam) ( expulsar):◊ tirarse un pedo to fart (sl)
tirar
I verbo transitivo
1 (arrojar, echar) to throw: lo tiró al agua, he threw it into the water
no tires la cáscara al suelo, don't throw o drop the peel on the floor
(enérgicamente) to fling, hurl: lo tiró al fuego, she threw it on the fire
2 (deshacerse de) to throw out o away
tiré mis zapatos viejos, I threw my old shoes away
3 (malgastar) tiraste el dinero con esa joya falsa, you've wasted your money on that fake jewel
(despilfarrar) to squander
4 (hacer caer) to knock over: tiré el vaso, I knocked the glass over
5 (derribar a alguien) to knock o push over
tirar abajo (una pared, una puerta) to knock down
(demoler) to pull down
6 (una bomba) to drop
(un tiro, un cohete) to fire
7 (una foto) to take
8 Impr to print
II verbo intransitivo
1 (hacer fuerza hacia sí) to pull: no le tires del pelo, don't pull his hair
¡tira de la cuerda!, tug on the rope!
2 (disparar) to shoot
Dep to shoot
(dados, dardos) to throw
3 fam (gustar) le tira mucho el baloncesto, he's very keen on basketball
4 (tender) tira a azul, it's bluish
(parecerse) tira a su madre, she takes after her mother
5 fam (arreglárselas) ir tirando, to get by, manage
6 (ir) tira a la derecha, turn right
' tirar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
aire
- bala
- borda
- calle
- casa
- esconder
- palanca
- toalla
- trapo
- apedrear
- arrojar
- basura
- blanco
- botar
- cadena
- crimen
- echar
- jalar
- pinta
- zumbar
English:
aim at
- archery
- bung
- cast
- chain
- chuck
- chuck away
- chuck out
- clearout
- dash
- drag
- draw
- fling
- flush
- haul
- heave
- keep
- knock off
- knock over
- lash out
- pitch
- pull
- pull on
- pull over
- putt
- run off
- shoot
- sling
- sling out
- splash out
- sponge
- strain
- throw
- throw aside
- throw away
- throw out
- toss
- toss away
- towel
- town
- trash
- tug
- turf out
- waste
- yank
- beat
- blow
- bring
- disposable
- ditch
* * *♦ vt1. [lanzar] to throw;tiraron las gorras al aire they threw their caps (up) in the air;tirar algo a alguien [para que lo agarre] to throw sth to sb;[para hacer daño] to throw sth at sb;tírame una manzana throw me an apple;le tiró un beso she blew him a kiss;le tiraban piedras a la policía they were throwing stones at the police2. [dejar caer] [objeto] to drop;[líquido] [derramar] to spill;no tiren los papeles al suelo don't throw o drop the wrappers on the ground;tiró las maletas y se tumbó en la cama she dropped her suitcases and lay down on the bed;me has tirado salsa en el traje you've spilt some sauce on my suit3. [derribar] [botella, lámpara] to knock over;[muro, tabique, edificio] to knock down;tiró la lámpara con un codo al pasar she knocked over the lamp with her elbow as she went by;la violencia del choque la tiró al suelo the force of the collision knocked o hurled her to the floor;esta pared habrá que tirarla we're going to have to knock this wall down4. [desechar] to throw away o out;tirar algo a la basura to throw sth out;tíralo a la papelera throw it in the wastepaper basket;eso es tirar el dinero that's a complete waste of money6. [disparar] [balas, misiles, disparos] to fire;[bomba] to drop; [petardo, cohete] to let off; [dardos, flechas] to shoot; Famtirar una foto to take a picture7. [jugar] [carta] to play;[dado] to throw8. [en deportes] [falta, penalti] to take;[balón] to pass9. [imprimir] to print10. [trazar] [línea] to draw♦ vi1. [disparar] to shoot;tirar al aire to fire shots into the air;tirar a dar to shoot to wound, not to kill;tirar a matar [con arma] to shoot to kill;[con comentario] to go for the jugularel ciclista colombiano tiraba del pelotón the Colombian cyclist was pulling the bunch along;me tiró del pelo she pulled my hair;[en letrero] pull;me tiró del brazo/de la manga she tugged at my arm/sleeve;RPtirar parejo: esto no es justo, o tiramos parejo o yo me retiro this is not fair, either we all pull together or I'm dropping out3. [estar tirante] to be tight;la chaqueta me tira de atrás the jacket's a bit tight at the back4. [en deportes] [con el pie] to kick;[con la mano] to throw; [a meta, canasta] to shoot;5. [dirigirse] to go ( hacia o para towards), to head ( hacia o para for o towards); FamFam¡tira! [para empezar a moverse] get moving!;¡tira que llegamos tarde! let's get a move on or we'll be late!;tiramos hacia la izquierda we turned left;Famtira para arriba, que ahora subo yo you go on up, I'll come up in a minute;tira por esa calle go up o take that street6. [jugar] to go, to have one's go;te toca tirar a ti [en naipes, dados, billar] it's your go7. [cigarrillo, chimenea] to draw;este tabaco no tira these cigarettes aren't drawing properlyel motor no tira the engine isn't working properly;el coche tira bien the car runs well9. [durar] to last;estos zapatos tirarán otro año these shoes will last another yearla tierra siempre tira de uno your homeland never loses its pull on you;tirarle a alguien: me tira la vida del campo country life appeals to me;no le tira la profesión de su padre his father's profession doesn't appeal to him;no le tira viajar she doesn't feel the urge to travel;tirar de alguien to exert a pull on sb11. Fam [apañárselas]aún puedo tirar con este abrigo un par de inviernos this coat should do me for another couple of winters yet;ir tirando to get by;voy tirando I'm OK, I've been worse12. [tener aspecto de o tendencia a]tirar a: tira a gris it's greyish;tira a su abuela she takes after her grandmother;este programa tira a (ser) hortera this programme is a bit on the tacky side;el tiempo tira a mejorar the weather looks as if it's getting better;es un reformista tirando a radical he's somewhere between a reformist and a radical;es verde tirando a azul it's a bluey green;es tirando a delgado if anything, he's rather thin;tira para deportista he has the makings of a sportsmancuando no hay dinero hay que tirar del ingenio when you don't have any money, you have to rely on your wits;hubo que tirar de los ahorros we had to draw on our savings* * *I v/t3 TIP print4 famen examen fail5 foto take6 tiro fireII v/i1 de coche pull;tirar de algo pull sth2 ( disparar) shoot:tirar a puerta shoot at goal;tirar fuera shoot wide4 ( atraer) pull, attract;no me tira la música music doesn’t turn me on5:tirar a tend toward;tirar a conservador/verde have conservative/Green tendencies6 ( girar):tirar a la derecha turn right, take a right7:ir tirando fam get by, manage* * *tirar vt1) : to throw, to hurl, to toss2) botar: to throw away, to throw out, to waste3) derribar: to knock down4) : to shoot, to fire, to launch5) : to take (a photo)6) : to print, to run offtirar vi1) : to pull, to draw2) : to shoot3) : to attract4) : to get by, to manageva tirando: he's getting along, he's managing5)tirar a : to tend towards, to be rathertira a picante: it's a bit spicy* * *tirar vb3. (derribar) to knock over / to knock down4. (malgastar) to waste5. (arrastrar, estirar) to pull7. (atraer, gustar) to like
Страницы
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist — The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist In this article we shall consider: ♦ the fact of the Real Presence, which is, indeed, the central dogma; ♦ the … Catholic encyclopedia
The Blessed Virgin Mary — The Blessed Virgin Mary † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Virgin Mary The Blessed Virgin Mary is the mother of Jesus Christ, the mother of God. In general, the theology and history of Mary the Mother of God follow the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Sacrament of Penance — The Sacrament of Penance † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Sacrament of Penance Penance is a sacrament of the New Law instituted by Christ in which forgiveness of sins committed after baptism is granted through the priest s absolution to… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Incarnation — The Incarnation † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Incarnation I. The Fact of the Incarnation (1) The Divine Person of Jesus Christ A. Old Testament Proofs B. New Testament Proofs C. Witness of Tradition (2) The Human… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Darkness Series — is a series of six fantasy novels by Harry Turtledove. Though a fantasy the general history, geography, and combatants are analogs of World War II, or the Derlavai War in this universe.[1] Many of the characters are also the equivalents of… … Wikipedia
The Gallican Rite — The Gallican Rite † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Gallican Rite This subject will be treated under the following six heads: I. History and Origin; II. MSS. and Other Sources; III. The Liturgical Year; IV. The Divine Office; V. The… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Death Gate Cycle — is a seven part series (heptalogy) of fantasy novels written by Margaret Weis and Tracy Hickman. The main conflict is between two powerful races, the Sartan and the Patryns, which branched off from humans following a nuclear/anti matter holocaust … Wikipedia
The Colbert Report — logo Genre Comedy, Satire, News parody … Wikipedia
The Secret of Monkey Island — Steve Purcell s cover art depicts the pr … Wikipedia
Verb — This article is about the part of speech. For the physical activity program, see VERB (program). For English usage of verbs, see English verbs. Verbs redirects here. For the Christian gospel rapper, see Verbs (rapper). Examples I washed the car… … Wikipedia
The gates of death — Death Death (d[e^]th), n. [OE. deth, dea[eth], AS. de[ a][eth]; akin to OS. d[=o][eth], D. dood, G. tod, Icel. dau[eth]i, Sw. & Dan. d[ o]d, Goth. dau[thorn]us; from a verb meaning to die. See {Die}, v. i., and cf. {Dead}.] 1. The cessation of… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
